5090 lines
		
	
	
		
			259 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Plaintext
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			5090 lines
		
	
	
		
			259 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Plaintext
		
	
	
	
	
	
| <!-- WARNING: Do NOT edit this file.  It was converted from -->
 | |
| <!-- BibTeX format to HTML by journal-toc.awk version 1.00 [09-Oct-1996] -->
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| <!DOCTYPE HTML public "-//IETF//DTD HTML//EN">
 | |
| 
 | |
| <HTML>
 | |
|     <HEAD>
 | |
|         <TITLE>
 | |
|             ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software
 | |
|         </TITLE>
 | |
|     </HEAD>
 | |
| 
 | |
|     <BODY>
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             Table of contents for issues of ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#4(4):April:1961">Volume <STRONG>4</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>4</STRONG>, <STRONG>April</STRONG>, <STRONG>1961</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#5(12):December:1962">Volume <STRONG>5</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>12</STRONG>, <STRONG>December</STRONG>, <STRONG>1962</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#6(6):June:1963">Volume <STRONG>6</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>6</STRONG>, <STRONG>June</STRONG>, <STRONG>1963</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#6(12):December:1963">Volume <STRONG>6</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>12</STRONG>, <STRONG>December</STRONG>, <STRONG>1963</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#7(8):August:1964">Volume <STRONG>7</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>8</STRONG>, <STRONG>August</STRONG>, <STRONG>1964</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#7(12):December:1964">Volume <STRONG>7</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>12</STRONG>, <STRONG>December</STRONG>, <STRONG>1964</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#8(8):August:1965">Volume <STRONG>8</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>8</STRONG>, <STRONG>August</STRONG>, <STRONG>1965</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#9(5):May:1966">Volume <STRONG>9</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>5</STRONG>, <STRONG>May</STRONG>, <STRONG>1966</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#10(4):April:1967">Volume <STRONG>10</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>4</STRONG>, <STRONG>April</STRONG>, <STRONG>1967</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#11(3):March:1968">Volume <STRONG>11</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>3</STRONG>, <STRONG>March</STRONG>, <STRONG>1968</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#12(5):May:1969">Volume <STRONG>12</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>5</STRONG>, <STRONG>May</STRONG>, <STRONG>1969</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#12(9):September:1969">Volume <STRONG>12</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>9</STRONG>, <STRONG>September</STRONG>, <STRONG>1969</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#1(11):November:1970">Volume <STRONG>1</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>11</STRONG>, <STRONG>November</STRONG>, <STRONG>1970</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#13(1):January:1970">Volume <STRONG>13</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>1</STRONG>, <STRONG>January</STRONG>, <STRONG>1970</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#13(2):February:1970">Volume <STRONG>13</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>2</STRONG>, <STRONG>February</STRONG>, <STRONG>1970</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#13(3):March:1970">Volume <STRONG>13</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>3</STRONG>, <STRONG>March</STRONG>, <STRONG>1970</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#13(4):April:1970">Volume <STRONG>13</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>4</STRONG>, <STRONG>April</STRONG>, <STRONG>1970</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#13(5):May:1970">Volume <STRONG>13</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>5</STRONG>, <STRONG>May</STRONG>, <STRONG>1970</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#13(6):June:1970">Volume <STRONG>13</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>6</STRONG>, <STRONG>June</STRONG>, <STRONG>1970</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#13(7):July:1970">Volume <STRONG>13</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>7</STRONG>, <STRONG>July</STRONG>, <STRONG>1970</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#13(8):August:1970">Volume <STRONG>13</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>8</STRONG>, <STRONG>August</STRONG>, <STRONG>1970</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#13(9):September:1970">Volume <STRONG>13</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>9</STRONG>, <STRONG>September</STRONG>, <STRONG>1970</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#13(10):October:1970">Volume <STRONG>13</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>10</STRONG>, <STRONG>October</STRONG>, <STRONG>1970</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#13(11):November:1970">Volume <STRONG>13</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>11</STRONG>, <STRONG>November</STRONG>, <STRONG>1970</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#13(12):December:1970">Volume <STRONG>13</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>12</STRONG>, <STRONG>December</STRONG>, <STRONG>1970</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#12(1):January:1971">Volume <STRONG>12</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>1</STRONG>, <STRONG>January</STRONG>, <STRONG>1971</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#14(2):February:1971">Volume <STRONG>14</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>2</STRONG>, <STRONG>February</STRONG>, <STRONG>1971</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#14(3):March:1971">Volume <STRONG>14</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>3</STRONG>, <STRONG>March</STRONG>, <STRONG>1971</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#14(4):April:1971">Volume <STRONG>14</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>4</STRONG>, <STRONG>April</STRONG>, <STRONG>1971</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#14(5):May:1971">Volume <STRONG>14</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>5</STRONG>, <STRONG>May</STRONG>, <STRONG>1971</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#14(6):June:1971">Volume <STRONG>14</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>6</STRONG>, <STRONG>June</STRONG>, <STRONG>1971</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#14(7):July:1971">Volume <STRONG>14</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>7</STRONG>, <STRONG>July</STRONG>, <STRONG>1971</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#14(8):August:1971">Volume <STRONG>14</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>8</STRONG>, <STRONG>August</STRONG>, <STRONG>1971</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#14(9):September:1971">Volume <STRONG>14</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>9</STRONG>, <STRONG>September</STRONG>, <STRONG>1971</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#14(10):October:1971">Volume <STRONG>14</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>10</STRONG>, <STRONG>October</STRONG>, <STRONG>1971</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#14(11):November:1971">Volume <STRONG>14</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>11</STRONG>, <STRONG>November</STRONG>, <STRONG>1971</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#14(12):December:1971">Volume <STRONG>14</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>12</STRONG>, <STRONG>December</STRONG>, <STRONG>1971</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#18(1):January:1971">Volume <STRONG>18</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>1</STRONG>, <STRONG>January</STRONG>, <STRONG>1971</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#5(6):June:1972">Volume <STRONG>5</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>6</STRONG>, <STRONG>June</STRONG>, <STRONG>1972</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#8(9):September:1972">Volume <STRONG>8</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>9</STRONG>, <STRONG>September</STRONG>, <STRONG>1972</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#15(1):January:1972">Volume <STRONG>15</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>1</STRONG>, <STRONG>January</STRONG>, <STRONG>1972</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#15(2):February:1972">Volume <STRONG>15</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>2</STRONG>, <STRONG>February</STRONG>, <STRONG>1972</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#15(3):March:1972">Volume <STRONG>15</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>3</STRONG>, <STRONG>March</STRONG>, <STRONG>1972</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#15(4):April:1972">Volume <STRONG>15</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>4</STRONG>, <STRONG>April</STRONG>, <STRONG>1972</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#15(5):May:1972">Volume <STRONG>15</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>5</STRONG>, <STRONG>May</STRONG>, <STRONG>1972</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#15(6):June:1972">Volume <STRONG>15</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>6</STRONG>, <STRONG>June</STRONG>, <STRONG>1972</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#15(7):July:1972">Volume <STRONG>15</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>7</STRONG>, <STRONG>July</STRONG>, <STRONG>1972</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#15(8):August:1972">Volume <STRONG>15</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>8</STRONG>, <STRONG>August</STRONG>, <STRONG>1972</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#15(9):September:1972">Volume <STRONG>15</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>9</STRONG>, <STRONG>September</STRONG>, <STRONG>1972</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#15(10):October:1972">Volume <STRONG>15</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>10</STRONG>, <STRONG>October</STRONG>, <STRONG>1972</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#15(11):November:1972">Volume <STRONG>15</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>11</STRONG>, <STRONG>November</STRONG>, <STRONG>1972</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#15(12):December:1972">Volume <STRONG>15</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>12</STRONG>, <STRONG>December</STRONG>, <STRONG>1972</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#15(2):February:1973">Volume <STRONG>15</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>2</STRONG>, <STRONG>February</STRONG>, <STRONG>1973</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#16(1):January:1973">Volume <STRONG>16</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>1</STRONG>, <STRONG>January</STRONG>, <STRONG>1973</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#16(2):February:1973">Volume <STRONG>16</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>2</STRONG>, <STRONG>February</STRONG>, <STRONG>1973</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#16(3):March:1973">Volume <STRONG>16</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>3</STRONG>, <STRONG>March</STRONG>, <STRONG>1973</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#16(4):April:1973">Volume <STRONG>16</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>4</STRONG>, <STRONG>April</STRONG>, <STRONG>1973</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#16(5):May:1973">Volume <STRONG>16</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>5</STRONG>, <STRONG>May</STRONG>, <STRONG>1973</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#16(6):June:1973">Volume <STRONG>16</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>6</STRONG>, <STRONG>June</STRONG>, <STRONG>1973</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#16(7):July:1973">Volume <STRONG>16</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>7</STRONG>, <STRONG>July</STRONG>, <STRONG>1973</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#16(8):August:1973">Volume <STRONG>16</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>8</STRONG>, <STRONG>August</STRONG>, <STRONG>1973</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#16(9):September:1973">Volume <STRONG>16</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>9</STRONG>, <STRONG>September</STRONG>, <STRONG>1973</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#16(10):October:1973">Volume <STRONG>16</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>10</STRONG>, <STRONG>October</STRONG>, <STRONG>1973</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#16(11):November:1973">Volume <STRONG>16</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>11</STRONG>, <STRONG>November</STRONG>, <STRONG>1973</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#16(12):December:1973">Volume <STRONG>16</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>12</STRONG>, <STRONG>December</STRONG>, <STRONG>1973</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#17(1):January:1974">Volume <STRONG>17</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>1</STRONG>, <STRONG>January</STRONG>, <STRONG>1974</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#17(2):February:1974">Volume <STRONG>17</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>2</STRONG>, <STRONG>February</STRONG>, <STRONG>1974</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#17(3):March:1974">Volume <STRONG>17</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>3</STRONG>, <STRONG>March</STRONG>, <STRONG>1974</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#17(4):April:1974">Volume <STRONG>17</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>4</STRONG>, <STRONG>April</STRONG>, <STRONG>1974</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#17(5):May:1974">Volume <STRONG>17</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>5</STRONG>, <STRONG>May</STRONG>, <STRONG>1974</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#17(6):June:1974">Volume <STRONG>17</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>6</STRONG>, <STRONG>June</STRONG>, <STRONG>1974</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#17(7):July:1974">Volume <STRONG>17</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>7</STRONG>, <STRONG>July</STRONG>, <STRONG>1974</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#17(8):August:1974">Volume <STRONG>17</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>8</STRONG>, <STRONG>August</STRONG>, <STRONG>1974</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#17(9):September:1974">Volume <STRONG>17</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>9</STRONG>, <STRONG>September</STRONG>, <STRONG>1974</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#17(10):October:1974">Volume <STRONG>17</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>10</STRONG>, <STRONG>October</STRONG>, <STRONG>1974</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#17(11):November:1974">Volume <STRONG>17</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>11</STRONG>, <STRONG>November</STRONG>, <STRONG>1974</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#17(12):December:1974">Volume <STRONG>17</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>12</STRONG>, <STRONG>December</STRONG>, <STRONG>1974</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#21(1):January:1974">Volume <STRONG>21</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>1</STRONG>, <STRONG>January</STRONG>, <STRONG>1974</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#6(10):October:1975">Volume <STRONG>6</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>10</STRONG>, <STRONG>October</STRONG>, <STRONG>1975</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#18(1):January:1975">Volume <STRONG>18</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>1</STRONG>, <STRONG>January</STRONG>, <STRONG>1975</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#18(2):February:1975">Volume <STRONG>18</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>2</STRONG>, <STRONG>February</STRONG>, <STRONG>1975</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#18(3):March:1975">Volume <STRONG>18</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>3</STRONG>, <STRONG>March</STRONG>, <STRONG>1975</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#18(4):April:1975">Volume <STRONG>18</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>4</STRONG>, <STRONG>April</STRONG>, <STRONG>1975</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#18(5):May:1975">Volume <STRONG>18</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>5</STRONG>, <STRONG>May</STRONG>, <STRONG>1975</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#18(6):June:1975">Volume <STRONG>18</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>6</STRONG>, <STRONG>June</STRONG>, <STRONG>1975</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#18(7):July:1975">Volume <STRONG>18</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>7</STRONG>, <STRONG>July</STRONG>, <STRONG>1975</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#18(8):August:1975">Volume <STRONG>18</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>8</STRONG>, <STRONG>August</STRONG>, <STRONG>1975</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#18(9):September:1975">Volume <STRONG>18</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>9</STRONG>, <STRONG>September</STRONG>, <STRONG>1975</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#18(10):October:1975">Volume <STRONG>18</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>10</STRONG>, <STRONG>October</STRONG>, <STRONG>1975</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#18(11):November:1975">Volume <STRONG>18</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>11</STRONG>, <STRONG>November</STRONG>, <STRONG>1975</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#18(12):December:1975">Volume <STRONG>18</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>12</STRONG>, <STRONG>December</STRONG>, <STRONG>1975</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#19(1):January:1976">Volume <STRONG>19</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>1</STRONG>, <STRONG>January</STRONG>, <STRONG>1976</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#19(2):February:1976">Volume <STRONG>19</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>2</STRONG>, <STRONG>February</STRONG>, <STRONG>1976</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#19(3):March:1976">Volume <STRONG>19</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>3</STRONG>, <STRONG>March</STRONG>, <STRONG>1976</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#19(4):April:1976">Volume <STRONG>19</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>4</STRONG>, <STRONG>April</STRONG>, <STRONG>1976</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#19(5):May:1976">Volume <STRONG>19</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>5</STRONG>, <STRONG>May</STRONG>, <STRONG>1976</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#19(6):June:1976">Volume <STRONG>19</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>6</STRONG>, <STRONG>June</STRONG>, <STRONG>1976</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#19(7):July:1976">Volume <STRONG>19</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>7</STRONG>, <STRONG>July</STRONG>, <STRONG>1976</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#19(8):August:1976">Volume <STRONG>19</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>8</STRONG>, <STRONG>August</STRONG>, <STRONG>1976</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#19(9):September:1976">Volume <STRONG>19</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>9</STRONG>, <STRONG>September</STRONG>, <STRONG>1976</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#19(10):October:1976">Volume <STRONG>19</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>10</STRONG>, <STRONG>October</STRONG>, <STRONG>1976</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#19(11):November:1976">Volume <STRONG>19</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>11</STRONG>, <STRONG>November</STRONG>, <STRONG>1976</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#19(12):December:1976">Volume <STRONG>19</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>12</STRONG>, <STRONG>December</STRONG>, <STRONG>1976</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#20(1):January:1977">Volume <STRONG>20</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>1</STRONG>, <STRONG>January</STRONG>, <STRONG>1977</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#20(2):February:1977">Volume <STRONG>20</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>2</STRONG>, <STRONG>February</STRONG>, <STRONG>1977</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#20(3):March:1977">Volume <STRONG>20</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>3</STRONG>, <STRONG>March</STRONG>, <STRONG>1977</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#20(4):April:1977">Volume <STRONG>20</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>4</STRONG>, <STRONG>April</STRONG>, <STRONG>1977</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#20(5):May:1977">Volume <STRONG>20</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>5</STRONG>, <STRONG>May</STRONG>, <STRONG>1977</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#20(6):June:1977">Volume <STRONG>20</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>6</STRONG>, <STRONG>June</STRONG>, <STRONG>1977</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#20(7):July:1977">Volume <STRONG>20</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>7</STRONG>, <STRONG>July</STRONG>, <STRONG>1977</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#20(8):August:1977">Volume <STRONG>20</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>8</STRONG>, <STRONG>August</STRONG>, <STRONG>1977</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#20(9):September:1977">Volume <STRONG>20</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>9</STRONG>, <STRONG>September</STRONG>, <STRONG>1977</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#20(10):October:1977">Volume <STRONG>20</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>10</STRONG>, <STRONG>October</STRONG>, <STRONG>1977</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#20(11):November:1977">Volume <STRONG>20</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>11</STRONG>, <STRONG>November</STRONG>, <STRONG>1977</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#20(12):December:1977">Volume <STRONG>20</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>12</STRONG>, <STRONG>December</STRONG>, <STRONG>1977</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#24(1):January:1977">Volume <STRONG>24</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>1</STRONG>, <STRONG>January</STRONG>, <STRONG>1977</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#21(2):February:1978">Volume <STRONG>21</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>2</STRONG>, <STRONG>February</STRONG>, <STRONG>1978</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#21(3):March:1978">Volume <STRONG>21</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>3</STRONG>, <STRONG>March</STRONG>, <STRONG>1978</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#21(4):April:1978">Volume <STRONG>21</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>4</STRONG>, <STRONG>April</STRONG>, <STRONG>1978</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#21(5):May:1978">Volume <STRONG>21</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>5</STRONG>, <STRONG>May</STRONG>, <STRONG>1978</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#21(6):June:1978">Volume <STRONG>21</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>6</STRONG>, <STRONG>June</STRONG>, <STRONG>1978</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#21(7):July:1978">Volume <STRONG>21</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>7</STRONG>, <STRONG>July</STRONG>, <STRONG>1978</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#21(8):August:1978">Volume <STRONG>21</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>8</STRONG>, <STRONG>August</STRONG>, <STRONG>1978</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#21(9):September:1978">Volume <STRONG>21</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>9</STRONG>, <STRONG>September</STRONG>, <STRONG>1978</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#21(10):October:1978">Volume <STRONG>21</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>10</STRONG>, <STRONG>October</STRONG>, <STRONG>1978</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#21(11):November:1978">Volume <STRONG>21</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>11</STRONG>, <STRONG>November</STRONG>, <STRONG>1978</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#21(12):December:1978">Volume <STRONG>21</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>12</STRONG>, <STRONG>December</STRONG>, <STRONG>1978</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#23(4):May:1978">Volume <STRONG>23</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>4</STRONG>, <STRONG>May</STRONG>, <STRONG>1978</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#22(1):January:1979">Volume <STRONG>22</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>1</STRONG>, <STRONG>January</STRONG>, <STRONG>1979</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#22(2):February:1979">Volume <STRONG>22</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>2</STRONG>, <STRONG>February</STRONG>, <STRONG>1979</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#22(3):March:1979">Volume <STRONG>22</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>3</STRONG>, <STRONG>March</STRONG>, <STRONG>1979</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#22(4):April:1979">Volume <STRONG>22</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>4</STRONG>, <STRONG>April</STRONG>, <STRONG>1979</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#22(5):May:1979">Volume <STRONG>22</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>5</STRONG>, <STRONG>May</STRONG>, <STRONG>1979</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#22(6):June:1979">Volume <STRONG>22</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>6</STRONG>, <STRONG>June</STRONG>, <STRONG>1979</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#22(7):July:1979">Volume <STRONG>22</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>7</STRONG>, <STRONG>July</STRONG>, <STRONG>1979</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#22(8):August:1979">Volume <STRONG>22</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>8</STRONG>, <STRONG>August</STRONG>, <STRONG>1979</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#22(9):September:1979">Volume <STRONG>22</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>9</STRONG>, <STRONG>September</STRONG>, <STRONG>1979</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#22(10):October:1979">Volume <STRONG>22</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>10</STRONG>, <STRONG>October</STRONG>, <STRONG>1979</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#22(11):November:1979">Volume <STRONG>22</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>11</STRONG>, <STRONG>November</STRONG>, <STRONG>1979</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#22(12):December:1979">Volume <STRONG>22</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>12</STRONG>, <STRONG>December</STRONG>, <STRONG>1979</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#26(9):September:1979">Volume <STRONG>26</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>9</STRONG>, <STRONG>September</STRONG>, <STRONG>1979</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#33(6):June:1990">Volume <STRONG>33</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>6</STRONG>, <STRONG>June</STRONG>, <STRONG>1990</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#33(8):August:1990">Volume <STRONG>33</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>8</STRONG>, <STRONG>August</STRONG>, <STRONG>1990</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#34(11):November:1991">Volume <STRONG>34</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>11</STRONG>, <STRONG>November</STRONG>, <STRONG>1991</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#6(4):December:1974">Volume <STRONG>6</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>4</STRONG>, <STRONG>December</STRONG>, <STRONG>1974</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#23(1):January:1976">Volume <STRONG>23</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>1</STRONG>, <STRONG>January</STRONG>, <STRONG>1976</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#19()::1972">Volume <STRONG>19</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG></STRONG>, <STRONG></STRONG>, <STRONG>1972</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#6(2):June:1977">Volume <STRONG>6</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>2</STRONG>, <STRONG>June</STRONG>, <STRONG>1977</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#12(1):January:1982">Volume <STRONG>12</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>1</STRONG>, <STRONG>January</STRONG>, <STRONG>1982</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#1(3):September:1975">Volume <STRONG>1</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>3</STRONG>, <STRONG>September</STRONG>, <STRONG>1975</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#1(9):September:1975">Volume <STRONG>1</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>9</STRONG>, <STRONG>September</STRONG>, <STRONG>1975</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#2(1):March:1976">Volume <STRONG>2</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>1</STRONG>, <STRONG>March</STRONG>, <STRONG>1976</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#2(2):June:1976">Volume <STRONG>2</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>2</STRONG>, <STRONG>June</STRONG>, <STRONG>1976</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#2(3):September:1976">Volume <STRONG>2</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>3</STRONG>, <STRONG>September</STRONG>, <STRONG>1976</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#2(4):December:1976">Volume <STRONG>2</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>4</STRONG>, <STRONG>December</STRONG>, <STRONG>1976</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#3(1):March:1977">Volume <STRONG>3</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>1</STRONG>, <STRONG>March</STRONG>, <STRONG>1977</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#3(2):June:1977">Volume <STRONG>3</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>2</STRONG>, <STRONG>June</STRONG>, <STRONG>1977</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#3(3):September:1977">Volume <STRONG>3</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>3</STRONG>, <STRONG>September</STRONG>, <STRONG>1977</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#4(1):March:1978">Volume <STRONG>4</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>1</STRONG>, <STRONG>March</STRONG>, <STRONG>1978</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#4(3):September:1978">Volume <STRONG>4</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>3</STRONG>, <STRONG>September</STRONG>, <STRONG>1978</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#5(2):June:1979">Volume <STRONG>5</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>2</STRONG>, <STRONG>June</STRONG>, <STRONG>1979</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#5(4):December:1979">Volume <STRONG>5</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>4</STRONG>, <STRONG>December</STRONG>, <STRONG>1979</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#6(3):September:1980">Volume <STRONG>6</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>3</STRONG>, <STRONG>September</STRONG>, <STRONG>1980</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#7(2):June:1981">Volume <STRONG>7</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>2</STRONG>, <STRONG>June</STRONG>, <STRONG>1981</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
|         <A HREF="#11(4):December:1985">Volume <STRONG>11</STRONG>,  Number <STRONG>4</STRONG>, <STRONG>December</STRONG>, <STRONG>1985</STRONG></A><BR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <BR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="4(4):April:1961">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 4,  Number 4, April, 1961
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                   J. R. Herndon   ACM Algorithm 49: Spherical Neumann
 | |
|                                   Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  179
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="5(12):December:1962">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 5,  Number 12, December, 1962
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                    J. N. Merner   ACM Algorithm 149: Complete Elliptic
 | |
|                                   Integral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  605
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="6(6):June:1963">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 6,  Number 6, June, 1963
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                    O. G. Ludwig   ACM Algorithm 179: Incomplete Beta Ratio  314
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="6(12):December:1963">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 6,  Number 12, December, 1963
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                      R. H. Kase   ACM Algorithm 219: Topological Ordering
 | |
|                                   for Pert Networks  . . . . . . . . . . . 738--739
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="7(8):August:1964">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 7,  Number 8, August, 1964
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                     W. Gautschi   ACM Algorithm 236: Bessel Functions of
 | |
|                                   the First Kind . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479--480
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="7(12):December:1964">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 7,  Number 12, December, 1964
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                    J. Boothroyd   ACM Algorithm 246: Graycode  . . . . . .  701
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="8(8):August:1965">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 8,  Number 8, August, 1965
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                     W. Gautschi   ACM Algorithm 259: Legendre Functions
 | |
|                                   for Arguments Larger than One  . . . . . 488--492
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="9(5):May:1966">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 9,  Number 5, May, 1966
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                     W. Fletcher   ACM Algorithm 284: Interchange of Two
 | |
|                                   Blocks of Data . . . . . . . . . . . . .  326
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="10(4):April:1967">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 10,  Number 4, April, 1967
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                  I. D. Hill and   
 | |
|                      M. C. Pike   ACM Algorithm 299: Chi-Squared Integral  243--244
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="11(3):March:1968">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 11,  Number 3, March, 1968
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|            Edsger Wybe Dijkstra   Go to statement considered harmful . . . 147--148
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="12(5):May:1969">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 12,  Number 5, May, 1969
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|          ANSI Subcommittee X3J3   Clarification of Fortran Standards ---
 | |
|                                   Initial Progress . . . . . . . . . . . . 289--294
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="12(9):September:1969">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 12,  Number 9, September, 1969
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                        N. Wirth   On Multiprogramming, Machine Coding, and
 | |
|                                   Computer Organization  . . . . . . . . . 489--498
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="1(11):November:1970">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 1,  Number 11, November, 1970
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                       V. Y. Lum   Multi-Attribute Retrieval with Combined
 | |
|                                   Indexes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660--665
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="13(1):January:1970">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 13,  Number 1, January, 1970
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                      T. C. Lowe   Automatic segmentation of cyclic program
 | |
|                                   structures based on connectivity and
 | |
|                                   processor timing . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--6
 | |
|             Walter Gautschi and   
 | |
|                  Bruce J. Klein   Recursive computation of certain
 | |
|                                   derivatives --- A study of error
 | |
|                                   propagation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7--9
 | |
|               A. P. Mullery and   
 | |
|                  G. C. Driscoll   A processor allocation method for
 | |
|                                   time-sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10--14
 | |
|                   R. F. Simmons   Natural Language Question-Answering
 | |
|                                   Systems: 1969  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15--30
 | |
|                     E. T. Irons   Experience with an extensible language   31--40
 | |
|                    U. Montanari   A note on minimal length polygonal
 | |
|                                   approximation to a digitized contour . . 41--47
 | |
|                 Harald Stehfest   ACM Algorithm 368: Numerical Inversion
 | |
|                                   of Laplace Transforms  . . . . . . . . . 47--49
 | |
|                  H. E. Schaffer   ACM Algorithm 369: Generator of Random
 | |
|                                   Numbers Satisfying the Poisson
 | |
|                                   Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49--49
 | |
|                    E. L. Butler   ACM Algorithm 370: General Random Number
 | |
|                                   Generator  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49--52
 | |
|                  J. K. S. McKay   ACM Algorithm 371: Partitions in Natural
 | |
|                                   Order  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52--52
 | |
|                    K. B. Dunham   ACM Algorithm 372: An Algorithm to
 | |
|                                   Produce Complex Primes CSIEVE  . . . . . 52--54
 | |
|                  R. Griffin and   
 | |
|                    K. A. Redich   Remark on ``Algorithm 347 [M1]: An
 | |
|                                   Efficient Algorithm for Sorting with
 | |
|                                   Minimal Storage'', by R. C. Singleton    54--54
 | |
|                       Anonymous   Representation for calendar date for
 | |
|                                   machine-to-machine data interchange  . . 55--55
 | |
|                       Anonymous   Interchange rolls of perforated tape for
 | |
|                                   information interchange  . . . . . . . . 56--56
 | |
|                     W. H. Payne   Fortran Tausworthe pseudorandom number
 | |
|                                   generator  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57--57
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="13(2):February:1970">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 13,  Number 2, February, 1970
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|              David K. Hsiao and   
 | |
|                 Frank D. Harary   A Formal System for Information
 | |
|                                   Retrieval from Files . . . . . . . . . . 67--73
 | |
|           E. von Glaserfeld and   
 | |
|                    P. P. Pisani   The multistore parser for hierarchical
 | |
|                                   syntactic structures . . . . . . . . . . 74--82
 | |
|                     Steven Vere   Translation equations  . . . . . . . . . 83--89
 | |
|                    H. L. Morgan   Spelling correction in systems programs  90--94
 | |
|                       J. Earley   An Efficient Context-Free Parsing
 | |
|                                   Algorithm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94--102
 | |
|                     C. E. Radke   The Use of Quadratic Residue Research    103--105
 | |
|                        B. Jones   A Variation on Sorting by Address
 | |
|                                   Calculation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105--107
 | |
|                   James R. Bell   The Quadratic Quotient Method: A Hash
 | |
|                                   Code Eliminating Secondary Clustering    107--109
 | |
|                  D. N. Ness and   
 | |
|                 R. S. Green and   
 | |
|                W. A. Martin and   
 | |
|                   G. A. Moulton   Computer education in a graduate school
 | |
|                                   of management  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110--114, 19
 | |
|               M. F. Robbins and   
 | |
|                     J. D. Beyer   An interactive computer system using
 | |
|                                   graphical flowchart input  . . . . . . . 115--119
 | |
|                     J. S. White   ACM Algorithm 373: Number of Doubly
 | |
|                                   Restricted Partitions  . . . . . . . . . 120--120
 | |
|                     J. S. White   ACM Algorithm 374: Restricted Partition
 | |
|                                   Generator  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120--120
 | |
|                   H. Späth   ACM Algorithm 375: Fitting Data to One
 | |
|                                   Exponential  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120--121
 | |
|                        H. Spath   Fitting data to one exponential  . . . . 120--121
 | |
|                   H. Späth   ACM Algorithm 376: Least Squares Fit by
 | |
|                                   $f(x)=A\cos(Bx+C)$ . . . . . . . . . . . 121--122
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="13(3):March:1970">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 13,  Number 3, March, 1970
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                    H. L. Morgan   Spelling correction in systems programs  90--94
 | |
|              R. R. Fenichel and   
 | |
|               J. Weizenbaum and   
 | |
|                 J. C. Yochelson   A Program to Teach Programming . . . . . 141--146
 | |
|                J. R. Slagle and   
 | |
|                     J. K. Dixon   Experiments with the M & N Tree-Searching
 | |
|                                   Program  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147--154, 159
 | |
|                   A. Batson and   
 | |
|              Shy-Ming M. Ju and   
 | |
|                      D. C. Wood   Measurements of Segment Size . . . . . . 155--159
 | |
|                    G. A. Watson   On an Algorithm for Nonlinear Minimax
 | |
|                                   Approximation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160--162
 | |
|                D. G. Schweikert   A Comparison of Error Improvement
 | |
|                                   Estimates for Adaptive Trapezoid
 | |
|                                   Integration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163--166
 | |
|          Robert M. Schwarcz and   
 | |
|              John F. Burger and   
 | |
|               Robert F. Simmons   A Deductive Question Answerer for
 | |
|                                   Natural Language Inference . . . . . . . 167--183
 | |
|              A. F. Cardenas and   
 | |
|                   W. J. Karplus   PDEL, a Language for Partial
 | |
|                                   Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . 184--191 (or 184--190??)
 | |
|                M. J. Levine and   
 | |
|                   S. M. Swanson   ACM Algorithm 377: Symbolic Expansion of
 | |
|                                   Algebraic Expressions  . . . . . . . . . 191--192
 | |
|                    M. V. Kailas   Another method of converting from
 | |
|                                   hexadecimal to decimal . . . . . . . . . 193--193
 | |
|                        D. Pager   A number system for the permutations . . 193--193
 | |
|               J. R. H. Dempster   Comment on a Paging Anomaly  . . . . . . 193--194
 | |
|                    H. A. Maurer   A Note on the Complement of Inherently
 | |
|                                   Ambiguous Context-Free Languages . . . . 194--194
 | |
|                 D. K. Hsiao and   
 | |
|                    F. D. Harary   Corrigenda: ``A Formal System for
 | |
|                                   Information Retrieval from Files'' . . . 266--266
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="13(4):April:1970">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 13,  Number 4, April, 1970
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|              A. J. DeSalvio and   
 | |
|                 J. G. Purdy and   
 | |
|                          J. Rau   Creation and Control of Internal Data
 | |
|                                   Bases Under a Fortran Programming
 | |
|                                   Environment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211--215
 | |
|                     H. D. Mills   Syntax-Directed Documentation for PL360  216--222
 | |
|                Rudolf Bayer and   
 | |
|              Christoph Witzgall   Some Complete Calculi for Matrices . . . 223--237
 | |
|                P. Brinch Hansen   The Nucleus of a Multiprogramming System 238--241, 250
 | |
|                   C. M. Eastman   Representations for Space Planning . . . 242--250
 | |
|              J. E. Pomeranz and   
 | |
|                 R. L. Weil, Jr.   The cyclical majority problem  . . . . . 251--254
 | |
|                    E. N. Nilson   Cubic Splines on Uniform Meshes  . . . . 255--258
 | |
|                   W. Pankiewicz   ACM Algorithm 378: Discretized
 | |
|                                   Newton-like Method for Solving a System
 | |
|                                   of Simultaneous Nonlinear Equations  . . 259--260
 | |
|                    J. N. Lyness   ACM Algorithm 379: SQUANK (Simpson
 | |
|                                   Quadrature Used Adaptively-Noise Killed) 260--263 (or 260--262??)
 | |
|                W. F. Heess, Jr.   Comments on a paper by Wallace and Mason 264--265
 | |
|                     J. L. Smith   Comment on multiprogramming under a page
 | |
|                                   on demand strategy . . . . . . . . . . . 265--265
 | |
|              Ronald C. de Vries   Comment on Lawler's Multilevel Boolean
 | |
|                                   minimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265--266
 | |
|                    K. R. Knight   An Algol construction for procedures as
 | |
|                                   parameters of procedures . . . . . . . . 266--266
 | |
|                        N. Wirth   Corrigenda: ``On Multiprogramming,
 | |
|                                   Machine Coding, and Computer
 | |
|                                   Organization'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266--266
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="13(5):May:1970">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 13,  Number 5, May, 1970
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                        L. Hodes   Programming System for the On-Line
 | |
|                                   Analysis of Biomedical Images  . . . . . 279--283, 286
 | |
|                    G. A. Sitton   Operations on Generalized Arrays with
 | |
|                                   the Genie Compiler . . . . . . . . . . . 284--286
 | |
|                         S. Vere   Translation Equations (Errata) . . . . . 286--286
 | |
|                W. E. Sasser and   
 | |
|               D. S. Burdick and   
 | |
|                D. A. Graham and   
 | |
|                    T. H. Naylor   Application of Sequential Sampling to
 | |
|                                   Simulation. an Example Inventory Model   287--296
 | |
|                       J. Loeckx   Algorithm for the Construction of
 | |
|                                   Bounded-Context Parsers  . . . . . . . . 297--307
 | |
|                John C. Reynolds   GEDANKEN --- A Simple Typeless Language
 | |
|                                   Based on the Principle of Completeness
 | |
|                                   and the Reference Concept  . . . . . . . 308--319
 | |
|          S. Crespi-Reghizzi and   
 | |
|                     R. Morpurgo   A language for treating graphs . . . . . 319--323
 | |
|                   S. Laflin and   
 | |
|                   M. A. Brebner   ACM Algorithm 380: In-situ Transposition
 | |
|                                   of a Rectangular Matrix  . . . . . . . . 324--326 (or 324--325??)
 | |
|                      R. E. Knop   ACM Algorithm 381: Random Vectors
 | |
|                                   Uniform In Solid Angle . . . . . . . . . 326--326
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="13(6):June:1970">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 13,  Number 6, June, 1970
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                     H. A. Elder   On the Feasibility of Voice Input to an
 | |
|                                   On-Line Computer Processing System . . . 339--346
 | |
|         C. R. Muthukrishnan and   
 | |
|                    V. Rajaraman   On the Conversion of Decision Tables to
 | |
|                                   Computer Programs  . . . . . . . . . . . 347--351
 | |
|                    J. E. Grimes   Scheduling to Reduce Conflict in
 | |
|                                   Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351--352
 | |
|                    D. G. Frantz   A PL\slash 1 program to assist the
 | |
|                                   comparative linguist . . . . . . . . . . 353--356
 | |
|                   F. J. Damerau   Automatic Parsing for Content Analysis   356--360
 | |
|                      Peter Linz   Accurate Floating-Point Summation  . . . 361--362
 | |
|                 K. E. Hillstrom   Comparison of Several Adaptive
 | |
|                                   Newton-Cotes Quadrature Routines in
 | |
|                                   Evaluating Definite Integrals with
 | |
|                                   Peaked Integrands  . . . . . . . . . . . 362--365
 | |
|                   G. W. Stewart   Incorporating Origin Shifts into the QR
 | |
|                                   Algorithm for Symmetric Tridiagonal
 | |
|                                   Matrices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365--367
 | |
|                     P. J. Chase   ACM Algorithm 382: Combinations of ${M}$
 | |
|                                   Out of ${N}$ Objects . . . . . . . . . . 368--368
 | |
|                     P. J. Chase   ACM Algorithm 383: Permutations of a Set
 | |
|                                   with Repetitions . . . . . . . . . . . . 368--369
 | |
|                   G. W. Stewart   ACM Algorithm 384: Eigenvalues and
 | |
|                                   Eigenvectors of a Real Symmetric Matrix
 | |
|                                   [F2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369--371
 | |
|                    R. L. London   Certification of Algorithm 245 (M1)
 | |
|                                   Treesort 3: Proof of Algorithms --- A
 | |
|                                   New Kind of Certification  . . . . . . . 371--374
 | |
|              J. P. Chandler and   
 | |
|                  W. C. Harrison   R201--SHELLSORT  . . . . . . . . . . . . 373--374
 | |
|                      E. F. Codd   A Relational Model of Data for Large
 | |
|                                   Shared Data Banks  . . . . . . . . . . . 377--387
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="13(7):July:1970">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 13,  Number 7, July, 1970
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                     C. A. Grant   An interactive command generating
 | |
|                                   facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403--406
 | |
|                    M. A. Wilkes   Conversational Access to a 2048-Word
 | |
|                                   Machine  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407--414
 | |
|                     W. M. Waite   The mobile programming system: STAGE 2   415--421
 | |
|                 Burton H. Bloom   Space/Time Trade-offs in Hash Coding
 | |
|                                   with Allowable Errors  . . . . . . . . . 422--426
 | |
|          E. G. Coffman, Jr. and   
 | |
|                          J. Eve   File Structures Using Hashing Functions  427--432, 436
 | |
|               Gordon H. Bradley   Algorithm and Bound for the Greatest
 | |
|                                   Common Divisor of $n$ Integers . . . . . 433--436
 | |
|                     W. A. Woods   Context-Sensitive Parsing  . . . . . . . 437--445
 | |
|                  K. A. Paciorek   ACM Algorithm 385: Exponential Integral
 | |
|                                   ${E}_i(x)$ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446--447
 | |
|                   G. H. Bradley   ACM Algorithm 386: Greatest Common
 | |
|                                   Divisor of $n$ Integers and Multipliers  447--448
 | |
|                  K. Sattley and   
 | |
|                    R. Millstein   Comments on a paper by Lowe  . . . . . . 450--451
 | |
|                   H. D. Baecker   A note on data base deadlocks  . . . . . 451--451
 | |
|                  J. E. Pomeranz   Note on an Anomaly in Paging . . . . . . 451--451
 | |
|                      B. R. Hunt   A Comment on Axiomatic Approaches to
 | |
|                                   Programming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452--452
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="13(8):August:1970">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 13,  Number 8, August, 1970
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                   N. R. Nielsen   Allocation of Computer Resources. is
 | |
|                                   Pricing the Answer . . . . . . . . . . . 467--474
 | |
|                     G. Nagy and   
 | |
|                        N. Tuong   Normalization Techniques for Handprinted
 | |
|                                   Numerals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475--481
 | |
|                       A. C. Day   Full Table Quadratic Searching for
 | |
|                                   Scatter Storage  . . . . . . . . . . . . 481--482
 | |
|                 B. S. Brawn and   
 | |
|             F. G. Gustavson and   
 | |
|                    E. S. Mankin   Sorting in a Paging Environment  . . . . 483--494
 | |
|               J. H. Saltzer and   
 | |
|                   J. W. Gintell   The instrumentation of Multics . . . . . 495--500
 | |
|               J. D. Ichbiah and   
 | |
|                     S. P. Morse   A technique for generating almost
 | |
|                                   optimal Floyd-Evans productions for
 | |
|                                   precedence grammars  . . . . . . . . . . 501--508
 | |
|                     K. Fielding   ACM Algorithm 387: Function Minimization
 | |
|                                   and Linear Search  . . . . . . . . . . . 509--510
 | |
|              H. Hübner and   
 | |
|                   H. Kremer and   
 | |
|                  K. O. Linn and   
 | |
|                    W. Schwering   ACM Algorithm 388: Rademacher Function   510--511
 | |
|              H. Hübner and   
 | |
|                   H. Kremer and   
 | |
|                  K. O. Linn and   
 | |
|                    W. Schwering   ACM Algorithm 389: Binary Ordered Walsh
 | |
|                                   Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511--511
 | |
|              H. Hübner and   
 | |
|                   H. Kremer and   
 | |
|                  K. O. Linn and   
 | |
|                    W. Schwering   ACM Algorithm 390: Sequency Ordered
 | |
|                                   Walsh Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . 511--512 (or 511--511??)
 | |
|                        J. McKay   ACM Algorithm 391: Unitary Symmetric
 | |
|                                   Polynomials  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512--512
 | |
|                       Anonymous   Identification of States of the United
 | |
|                                   States (including the District of
 | |
|                                   Columbia) for information interchange    514--515
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="13(9):September:1970">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 13,  Number 9, September, 1970
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|               W. Jack Bouknight   A Procedure for Generation of
 | |
|                                   Three-Dimensional Half-Toned Computer
 | |
|                                   Graphics Presentations . . . . . . . . . 527--536
 | |
|                  G. Bracchi and   
 | |
|                    M. Somalvico   Interactive Software System for
 | |
|                                   Computer-Aided Design. an Application to
 | |
|                                   Circuit Project  . . . . . . . . . . . . 537--545
 | |
|                   I. Hirschsohn   AMESPLOT, a Higher Level Data Plotting
 | |
|                                   Software System  . . . . . . . . . . . . 546--555
 | |
|              Cleve B. Moler and   
 | |
|                Louis P. Solomon   Integrating Square Roots . . . . . . . . 556--557
 | |
|                    G. W. Kimble   A Variation of the Goodman-Lance Method
 | |
|                                   for the Solution of Two-Point Boundary
 | |
|                                   Value Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557--558
 | |
|                 M. Wayne Wilson   Optimal Starting Approximations for
 | |
|                                   Generating Square Root for Slow or No
 | |
|                                   Divide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559--561 (or 559--560??)
 | |
|                   L. W. Ehrlich   Complex Matrix Inversion Versus Real . . 561--562
 | |
|                 M. H. van Emden   Increasing the Efficiency of Quicksort   563--567 (or 563--566??)
 | |
|             Robert R. Smith and   
 | |
|                   Dennis McCall   ACM Algorithm 392: Systems of Hyperbolic
 | |
|                                   P.D.E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567--570
 | |
|                    S. K. Abdali   ACM Algorithm 393: Special Series
 | |
|                                   Summation with Arbitrary Precision . . . 570--570
 | |
|                      R. B. Dial   ACM Algorithm 394: Decision Table
 | |
|                                   Translation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571--573 (or 571--572??)
 | |
|              Leslie Lamport and   
 | |
|                      J. R. Bell   Comment on Bell's Quadratic Quotient
 | |
|                                   Method for Hash Code Searching . . . . . 573--574
 | |
|                        Z. Bavel   On the Number of Automorphisms of a
 | |
|                                   Singly Generated Automaton . . . . . . . 574--575
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="13(10):October:1970">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 13,  Number 10, October, 1970
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                     W. A. Woods   Transition Network Grammars for Natural
 | |
|                                   Language Analysis  . . . . . . . . . . . 591--606
 | |
|                   J. Earley and   
 | |
|                      H. Sturgis   A formalism for translator interactions  607--617
 | |
|                      G. W. Hill   ACM Algorithm 395: Student's
 | |
|                                   $t$-Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . 617--619
 | |
|                      G. W. Hill   ACM Algorithm 396: Student's
 | |
|                                   $t$-Quantiles  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619--620
 | |
|                 S. K. Chang and   
 | |
|                         A. Gill   ACM Algorithm 397: An Integer
 | |
|                                   Programming Problem  . . . . . . . . . . 620--621
 | |
|                     R. A. Stone   ACM Algorithm 398: Tableless Date
 | |
|                                   Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621--621
 | |
|             J. J. Seppänen   ACM Algorithm 399: Spanning Tree . . . . 621--622
 | |
|                   G. C. Wallick   ACM Algorithm 400: Modified Havie
 | |
|                                   Integration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622--624
 | |
|                         R. Peto   Remark on ``Algorithm 347 [M1]: An
 | |
|                                   Efficient Algorithm for Sorting with
 | |
|                                   Minimal Storage''  . . . . . . . . . . .  624
 | |
|                     L. B. Smith   The use of interactive graphics to solve
 | |
|                                   numerical problems . . . . . . . . . . . 625--634
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="13(11):November:1970">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 13,  Number 11, November, 1970
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                   P. LaFata and   
 | |
|                     J. B. Rosen   An interactive display for approximation
 | |
|                                   by linear programming  . . . . . . . . . 651--659
 | |
|                       V. Y. Lum   Multi-attribute retrieval with combined
 | |
|                                   indexes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660--665
 | |
|                    C. J. Mifsud   A multiple-precision division algorithm  666--668
 | |
|                   K. Conrow and   
 | |
|                     R. G. Smith   NEATER2: A PL/I Source Statement
 | |
|                                   Reformatter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669--675
 | |
|               James R. Bell and   
 | |
|                Charles H. Kaman   The Linear Quotient Hash Code  . . . . . 675--677
 | |
|                    C. J. Cheney   A Nonrecursive List Compacting Algorithm 677--678
 | |
|                       Anonymous   Proposed American National Standard.
 | |
|                                   Recorded magnetic tape for information
 | |
|                                   interchange (1600 CPI, phase encoded)    679--685
 | |
|                       Anonymous   Proposed American National Standard.
 | |
|                                   Unrecorded magnetic tape for information
 | |
|                                   interchange (9 track-200 and 800 CPI,
 | |
|                                   NRZI and 1600 CPI, P.E.) . . . . . . . . 686--692
 | |
|                      P. Bratley   ACM Algorithm 401: An Improved Algorithm
 | |
|                                   to Produce Complex Primes  . . . . . . . 693--693
 | |
|                 M. H. van Emden   ACM Algorithm 402: Increasing the
 | |
|                                   Efficiency of Quicksort  . . . . . . . . 693--694
 | |
|                    W. J. Wilson   A generalized method for generating
 | |
|                                   argument/function values . . . . . . . . 696--697
 | |
|                    J. R. Ehrman   Correction to 'logical' arithmetic on
 | |
|                                   computers with two's complement binary
 | |
|                                   arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697--698
 | |
|                    A. Bernstein   Comment on the working set model for
 | |
|                                   program behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . 698--699
 | |
|                        J. Rokne   Condition numbers of Pei matrices  . . . 699--699
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="13(12):December:1970">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 13,  Number 12, December, 1970
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|               M. V. Mathews and   
 | |
|                     F. R. Moore   GROOVE-A program to compose, store, and
 | |
|                                   edit functions of time . . . . . . . . . 715--721
 | |
|                James C. Tiernan   An Efficient Search Algorithm to Find
 | |
|                                   the Elementary Circuits of a Graph . . . 722--726
 | |
|                 C. Betourne and   
 | |
|                J. Boulenger and   
 | |
|                   J. Ferrie and   
 | |
|                   C. Kaiser and   
 | |
|                S. Krakowiak and   
 | |
|                     J. Mossiere   Process management and resource sharing
 | |
|                                   in the multiaccess system ESOPE  . . . . 727--733
 | |
|                    H. L. Morgan   An interrupt based organization for
 | |
|                                   management information systems . . . . . 734--739
 | |
|                  R. J. Thompson   Improving round-off in Runge-Kutta
 | |
|                                   computations with Gill's method  . . . . 739--740
 | |
|                   S. C. Shapiro   The list set generator: a construct for
 | |
|                                   evaluating set expressions . . . . . . . 741--744
 | |
|                     N. A. Black   Optimum Merging from Mass Storage  . . . 745--749
 | |
|                   G. W. Stewart   Errata: ACM Algorithm 384: Eigenvalues
 | |
|                                   and Eigenvectors of a Real Symmetric
 | |
|                                   Matrix [F2]  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750--750
 | |
|                 E. A. Fuchs and   
 | |
|                   P. E. Jackson   Estimates of Distributions of Random
 | |
|                                   Variables for Certain Computer
 | |
|                                   Communications Traffic Models  . . . . . 752--757
 | |
|                    C. C. Pinter   On decomposing a Boolean function and
 | |
|                                   simplifying the components separately    758--758
 | |
|                  W. J. Raduchel   Efficient handling of binary data  . . . 758--759
 | |
|                Robert A. Wagner   Finiteness Assumptions and Intellectual
 | |
|                                   Isolation of Computer Scientists . . . . 759--760
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="12(1):January:1971">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 12,  Number 1, January, 1971
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                    E. Lowry and   
 | |
|                   C. W. Medlock   Object Code Optimization . . . . . . . . 13--22
 | |
|                     Carl Hammer   Signature Simulation and Certain
 | |
|                                   Cryptographic Codes  . . . . . . . . . . 3--14
 | |
|                      A. Klinger   Pattern width at a given angle . . . . . 15--20
 | |
|                   Shi-Kuo Chang   The Reconstruction of Binary Patterns
 | |
|                                   from Their Projections . . . . . . . . . 21--25
 | |
|                  G. Bracchi and   
 | |
|                      D. Ferrari   Language for Treating Geometric Patterns
 | |
|                                   in a Two-Dimensional Space . . . . . . . 26--32
 | |
|                   R. A. Broucke   Construction of rational and negative
 | |
|                                   powers of a formal series  . . . . . . . 32--35
 | |
|                      R. C. Holt   Comments on Prevention of System
 | |
|                                   Deadlocks  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36--38
 | |
|                  C. A. R. Hoare   Proof of a Program: FIND . . . . . . . . 39--45
 | |
|                     L. G. Proll   Further evidence for the analysis of
 | |
|                                   algorithms for the zero-one programming
 | |
|                                   problem  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46--47
 | |
|               M. W. Coleman and   
 | |
|                    M. S. Taylor   ACM Algorithm 403: Circular Integer
 | |
|                                   Partitioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48--48
 | |
|            C. W. Lucas, Jr. and   
 | |
|                   C. W. Terrill   ACM Algorithm 404: Complex Gamma
 | |
|                                   Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48--49 (or 48--48??)
 | |
|                    K. A. Redish   Comment on London's Certification of
 | |
|                                   Algorithm 245  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50--51
 | |
|                   S. L. Pollack   Comment on the conversion of decision
 | |
|                                   tables to computer programs  . . . . . . 52--52
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="14(2):February:1971">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 14,  Number 2, February, 1971
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                    K. Schwayder   Conversion of Limited-Entry Decision
 | |
|                                   Tables to Computer Programs. a Proposed
 | |
|                                   Modification to Pollack's Algorithm  . . 69--73
 | |
|                     K. Shwayder   Conversion of limited-entry decision
 | |
|                                   tables to computer programs-a proposed
 | |
|                                   modification to Pollack's algorithm  . . 69--73
 | |
|             A. J. Bernstein and   
 | |
|                     J. C. Sharp   A policy-driven scheduler for a
 | |
|                                   time-sharing system  . . . . . . . . . . 74--78
 | |
|                   N. R. Nielsen   An analysis of some time-sharing
 | |
|                                   techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79--90
 | |
|                J. R. Slagle and   
 | |
|                   C. D. Farrell   Experiments in Automatic Learning for a
 | |
|                                   Multipurpose Heuristic Program . . . . . 91--99 (or 91--98??)
 | |
|                 H. Hurwitz, Jr.   On the Probability Distribution of the
 | |
|                                   Values of Binary Trees . . . . . . . . . 99--102
 | |
|                J. R. Slagle and   
 | |
|                    R. C. T. Lee   Application of Game Tree Searching
 | |
|                                   Techniques to Sequential Pattern
 | |
|                                   Recognition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103--110
 | |
|                    J. Rokne and   
 | |
|                    P. Lancaster   Complex Interval Arithmetic  . . . . . . 111--112
 | |
|                  A. M. Dell and   
 | |
|                  R. L. Weil and   
 | |
|                  G. L. Thompson   ACM Algorithm 405: Roots of Matrix
 | |
|                                   Pencils: The Generalized Eigenvalue
 | |
|                                   Problem  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113--117
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="14(3):March:1971">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 14,  Number 3, March, 1971
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                      A. M. Noll   Scanned-Display Computer Graphics  . . . 143--150
 | |
|                    Z. Manna and   
 | |
|                 R. J. Waldinger   Toward Automatic Program Synthesis . . . 151--165
 | |
|                   W. K. Winters   Scheduling Algorithm for a Computer
 | |
|                                   Assisted Registration System . . . . . . 166--171
 | |
|                  J. G. Williams   Storage Utilization in a Memory
 | |
|                                   Hierarchy When Storage Assignment is
 | |
|                                   Performed by a Hashing Algorithm . . . . 172--175
 | |
|                      C. W. Gear   The Automatic Integration of Ordinary
 | |
|                                   Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . 176--179
 | |
|                    J. A. Howell   ACM Algorithm 406: Exact Solution of
 | |
|                                   Linear Equations Using Residue
 | |
|                                   Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180--184
 | |
|                      C. W. Gear   ACM Algorithm 407: DIFSUB for Solution
 | |
|                                   of Ordinary Differential Equations . . . 185--190
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="14(4):April:1971">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 14,  Number 4, April, 1971
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                        N. Wirth   Program Development by Stepwise
 | |
|                                   Refinement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221--227
 | |
|                   V. Y. Lum and   
 | |
|               P. S. T. Yuen and   
 | |
|                         M. Dodd   Key-to-Address Transform Techniques: A
 | |
|                                   Fundamental Performance Study on Large
 | |
|                                   Existing Formatted Files . . . . . . . . 228--239
 | |
|                A. B. Tucker and   
 | |
|                     M. J. Flynn   Dynamic Microprogramming. Processor
 | |
|                                   Organization and Programming . . . . . . 240--250
 | |
|                P. A. Talbot and   
 | |
|                  J. W. Carr and   
 | |
|          R. R. Coulter, Jr. and   
 | |
|                     R. C. Hwang   Animator: an on-line two-dimensional
 | |
|                                   film animation system  . . . . . . . . . 251--259
 | |
|                 M. L. Stein and   
 | |
|                     W. D. Munro   On Complement Division . . . . . . . . . 260--264
 | |
|                   J. M. McNamee   ACM Algorithm 408: A Sparse Matrix
 | |
|                                   Package (Part I) . . . . . . . . . . . . 265--273
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="14(5):May:1971">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 14,  Number 5, May, 1971
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|  T. William Olle (Chairman) and   
 | |
|       Codasyl Systems Committee   Introduction to `Feature analysis of
 | |
|                                   generalized data base management
 | |
|                                   systems' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308--318
 | |
|                   N. R. Nielsen   The merit of regional computing networks 319--326
 | |
|                   P. Krolak and   
 | |
|                    W. Felts and   
 | |
|                       G. Marble   A Man-Machine Approach Toward Solving
 | |
|                                   the Traveling Salesman Problem . . . . . 327--334
 | |
|                   Ugo Montanari   On the optimal detection of curves in
 | |
|                                   noisy pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335--345
 | |
|                  D. L. Richards   How to Keep the Addresses Short  . . . . 346--349
 | |
|                  R. R. Fenichel   On Implementation of Label Variables . . 349--350
 | |
|            James H. Morris, Jr.   Another Recursion Induction Principle    351--354
 | |
|                      H. Schmitt   ACM Algorithm 409: Discrete Chebychev
 | |
|                                   Curve Fit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355--356
 | |
|                  J. M. Chambers   ACM Algorithm 410: Partial Sorting [M1]  357--358
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="14(6):June:1971">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 14,  Number 6, June, 1971
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                  Kazuaki Harada   Generation of rosary permutations
 | |
|                                   expressed in Hamiltonian circuits  . . . 373--379
 | |
|                     J. D. Foley   An approach to the optimum design of
 | |
|                                   computer graphics systems  . . . . . . . 380--390
 | |
|                       S. Amarel   Computer Science: A Conceptual Framework
 | |
|                                   for Curriculum Planning  . . . . . . . . 391--401
 | |
|          W. E. Bosarge, Jr. and   
 | |
|                   O. G. Johnson   Numerical properties of the Ritz-Trefftz
 | |
|                                   algorithm for optimal control  . . . . . 402--406
 | |
|                  H. Tim Gladwin   A Note on Compiling Fixed Point Binary
 | |
|                                   Multiplications  . . . . . . . . . . . . 407--408
 | |
|                    A. G. Fraser   On the Meaning of Names in Programming
 | |
|                                   Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409--416
 | |
|                    R. J. Walker   Binary summation . . . . . . . . . . . . 417--417
 | |
|                    M. Zelkowitz   Interrupt driven programming . . . . . . 417--418
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="14(7):July:1971">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 14,  Number 7, July, 1971
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|              J. L. McKenney and   
 | |
|                     F. M. Tonge   The State of Computer-Oriented Curricula
 | |
|                                   in Business Schools 1970 . . . . . . . . 443--448
 | |
|                 A. J. Bernstein   A programmer training project  . . . . . 449--452
 | |
|             Franklin L. DeRemer   Simple LR(k) grammars  . . . . . . . . . 453--460
 | |
|           Terrence W. Pratt and   
 | |
|              Daniel P. Friedman   A Language Extension for Graph
 | |
|                                   Processing, and Its Formal Semantics . . 460--467 (or 461--467??)
 | |
|                     Keith Paton   An algorithm for the blocks and cut
 | |
|                                   nodes of a graph . . . . . . . . . . . . 468--475
 | |
|                  D. E. Ferguson   Buffer Allocation in Merge-Sorting . . . 476--478
 | |
|           C. V. Ramamoorthy and   
 | |
|                  M. J. Gonzalez   Subexpression ordering in the execution
 | |
|                                   of arithmetic expressions  . . . . . . . 479--485
 | |
|               D. G. McVitie and   
 | |
|                    L. B. Wilson   The Stable Marriage Problem  . . . . . . 486--490
 | |
|               D. G. McVitie and   
 | |
|                    L. B. Wilson   ACM Algorithm 411: Three Procedures for
 | |
|                                   the Stable Marriage Problem  . . . . . . 491--492
 | |
|                   J. \vCerm\'ak   ACM Algorithm 412: Graph Plotter . . . . 492--493
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="14(8):August:1971">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 14,  Number 8, August, 1971
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                       Anonymous   Papers from the 2nd symposium on
 | |
|                                   symbolic and algebraic manipulation  . .   ??
 | |
|                Anthony C. Hearn   Applications of Symbolic Manipulation in
 | |
|                                   Theoretical Physics  . . . . . . . . . . 511--516
 | |
|                 A. D. Hall, Jr.   The Altran system for rational function
 | |
|                                   manipulation --- a survey  . . . . . . . 517--521
 | |
|              Robert R. Fenichel   List Tracing in Systems Allowing
 | |
|                                   Multiple Cell Types  . . . . . . . . . . 522--526
 | |
|                        J. Moses   Algebraic Simplification: A Guide for
 | |
|                                   the Perplexed  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527--537
 | |
|                  W. H. Jefferys   Automatic algebraic manipulation in
 | |
|                                   celestial mechanics  . . . . . . . . . . 538--541
 | |
|                   D. Barton and   
 | |
|                     J. P. Fitch   General relativity and the application
 | |
|                                   of algebraic manipulative systems  . . . 542--547
 | |
|                      Joel Moses   Symbolic Integration: The Stormy Decade  548--560
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="14(9):September:1971">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 14,  Number 9, September, 1971
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                Daniel Teichroew   Education Related to the Use of
 | |
|                                   Computers in Organizations . . . . . . . 573--588
 | |
|              Sadahiro Isoda and   
 | |
|                 Eiichi Goto and   
 | |
|                    Izumi Kimura   An Efficient Bit Table Technique for
 | |
|                                   Dynamic Storage Allocation of $2^n$-word
 | |
|                                   Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589--592
 | |
|                     Keith Paton   Corrigendum: ``An algorithm for the
 | |
|                                   blocks and cutnodes of a graph'' . . . . 592--592
 | |
|                 Eugene Wong and   
 | |
|                    T. C. Chiang   Canonical Structure in Attribute Based
 | |
|                                   File Organization  . . . . . . . . . . . 593--597
 | |
|               David L. Phillips   A note on best one-sided approximations  598--600
 | |
|                      W. Liniger   A stopping criterion for the
 | |
|                                   Newton-Raphson method in implicit
 | |
|                                   multistep integration algorithms for
 | |
|                                   nonlinear systems of ordinary
 | |
|                                   differential equations . . . . . . . . . 600--601
 | |
|                 Ivan Flores and   
 | |
|                   George Madpis   Average Binary Search Length for Dense
 | |
|                                   Ordered Lists  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602--603
 | |
|                  R. R. Fenichel   Comment on Cheney's List-Compaction
 | |
|                                   Algorithm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603--604
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="14(10):October:1971">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 14,  Number 10, October, 1971
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                      Jay Earley   Toward an Understanding of Data
 | |
|                                   Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617--627
 | |
|          ANSI Subcommittee X3J3   Clarification of Fortran Standards ---
 | |
|                                   Second Report  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628--642
 | |
|             A. E. Oldehoeft and   
 | |
|                     S. D. Conte   Experiments with an automated
 | |
|                                   instructional system for numerical
 | |
|                                   methods  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643--650
 | |
|                    W. M. Newman   Display procedures . . . . . . . . . . . 651--660
 | |
|                A. G. Nemeth and   
 | |
|                    P. D. Rovner   User program measurement in a
 | |
|                                   time-shared environment  . . . . . . . . 661--666
 | |
|              P. J. Courtois and   
 | |
|                  F. Heymans and   
 | |
|                    D. L. Parnas   Concurrent Control with `Readers' and
 | |
|                                   `Writers'  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667--668
 | |
|                J. N. Lyness and   
 | |
|                        G. Sande   ACM Algorithm 413: ENTCAF and ENTCRE:
 | |
|                                   Evaluation of Normalized Taylor
 | |
|                                   Coefficients of an Analytic Function
 | |
|                                   (C5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669--675
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="14(11):November:1971">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 14,  Number 11, November, 1971
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                P. Branquart and   
 | |
|                     J. Lewi and   
 | |
|                 M. Sintzoff and   
 | |
|                     P. L. Wodon   The composition of semantics in Algol 68 697--708
 | |
|                   J. W. Hamblen   Using computers in higher education:
 | |
|                                   past recommendations, status, and needs  709--712
 | |
|                     D. L. Shell   Optimizing the Polyphase Sort  . . . . . 713--719
 | |
|                  I. Aramaki and   
 | |
|                 T. Kawabata and   
 | |
|                      K. Arimoto   Automation of etching-pattern layout . . 720--730
 | |
|              Michael A. Malcolm   On Accurate Floating-Point Summation . . 731--736
 | |
|                 G. H. Golub and   
 | |
|                     L. B. Smith   ACM Algorithm 414: Chebyshev
 | |
|                                   Approximation of Continuous Functions by
 | |
|                                   a Chebyshev System of Functions  . . . . 737--746
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="14(12):December:1971">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 14,  Number 12, December, 1971
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                   R. Gordon and   
 | |
|                    G. T. Herman   Reconstruction of Pictures from Their
 | |
|                                   Projections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759--768
 | |
|                E. L. Amidon and   
 | |
|                      G. S. Akin   Algorithmic Selection of the Best Method
 | |
|                                   for Compressing Map Data Strings . . . . 769--774
 | |
|                 James K. Mullin   Retrieval-Update Speed Trade-offs Using
 | |
|                                   Combined Indexes . . . . . . . . . . . . 775--776
 | |
|                  M. C. Harrison   Implementation of the Substring Test by
 | |
|                                   Hashing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777--779
 | |
|                  W. A. Wulf and   
 | |
|               D. B. Russell and   
 | |
|                 A. N. Habermann   BLISS: A language for systems
 | |
|                                   programming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780--790
 | |
|                     A. Rochfeld   New LISP Techniques for a Paging
 | |
|                                   Environment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 791--795
 | |
|              J. W. Blumberg and   
 | |
|                     C. R. Foulk   A note on `a modification of Nordsieck's
 | |
|                                   method using an ``off-step'' point'  . . 796--796
 | |
|     Sven-Åke A. Gustafson   Rapid Computation of General
 | |
|                                   Interpolation Formulas and Mechanical
 | |
|                                   Quadrature Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . 797--801
 | |
|   François Bourgeois and   
 | |
|            Jean-Claude Lassalle   An extension of the Munkres algorithm
 | |
|                                   for the assignment problem to
 | |
|                                   rectangular matrices . . . . . . . . . . 802--804
 | |
|                F. Bourgeois and   
 | |
|                  J. C. Lassalle   ACM Algorithm 415: Algorithm for the
 | |
|                                   Assignment Problem (Rectangular
 | |
|                                   Matrices)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805--806
 | |
|        Sven-Åke Gustafson   ACM Algorithm 416: Rapid Computation of
 | |
|                                   Coefficients of Interpolation Formulas
 | |
|                                   [E1] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806--807
 | |
|        Sven-Åke Gustafson   ACM Algorithm 417: Rapid Computation of
 | |
|                                   Weights of Interpolatory Quadrature
 | |
|                                   Rules [D1] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807--807
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="18(1):January:1971">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 18,  Number 1, January, 1971
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                   A. V. Aho and   
 | |
|               P. J. Denning and   
 | |
|                    J. D. Ullman   Principles of optimal page replacement   80--93
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="5(6):June:1972">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 5,  Number 6, June, 1972
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|               S. C. Johnson and   
 | |
|                 B. W. Kernighan   Remark on ``CACM Algorithm 397'' . . . .  469
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="8(9):September:1972">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 8,  Number 9, September, 1972
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|               R. H. Bartels and   
 | |
|                   G. W. Stewart   Algorithm 432: The Solution of the
 | |
|                                   Matrix Equation $AX -+BX = C$  . . . . . 820--826
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="15(1):January:1972">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 15,  Number 1, January, 1972
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                      A. M. Lesk   Pictorial pattern recognition and the
 | |
|                                   phase problem of X-ray crystallography   3--6
 | |
|                     S. Levialdi   On Shrinking Binary Picture Patterns . . 7--10
 | |
|                  R. O. Duda and   
 | |
|                      P. E. Hart   Use of the Hough transformation to
 | |
|                                   detect lines and curves in pictures  . . 11--15
 | |
|                 E. T. Irons and   
 | |
|                    F. M. Djorup   A CRT editing system . . . . . . . . . . 16--20
 | |
|                     T. A. Dwyer   Teacher/student authored CAI using the
 | |
|                                   NEWBASIC system  . . . . . . . . . . . . 21--28
 | |
|                 Donald L. Shell   Corrigendum: ``Optimizing the Polyphase
 | |
|                                   Sort'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28--28
 | |
|               G. I. McCalla and   
 | |
|                   J. R. Sampson   MUSE: A Model to Understand Simple
 | |
|                                   English  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29--40
 | |
|                   R. I. Shrager   Quadratic programming for nonlinear
 | |
|                                   regression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41--45
 | |
|                    H. E. Salzer   Ordering
 | |
|                                   +or-f(+or-f(+or-f(\ldots+or-f(x)\ldots))) when f(x) is positive monotonic  45--46
 | |
|                    B. Einarsson   ACM Algorithm 418: Calculation of
 | |
|                                   Fourier Integrals  . . . . . . . . . . . 47--48
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="15(2):February:1972">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 15,  Number 2, February, 1972
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                     David Pager   A Proposal for a Computer-Based
 | |
|                                   Interactive Scientific Community . . . . 71--75
 | |
|                   C. M. Eastman   Preliminary report on a system for
 | |
|                                   general space planning . . . . . . . . . 76--87
 | |
|                W. A. Martin and   
 | |
|                      D. N. Ness   Optimizing Binary Trees Grown with a
 | |
|                                   Storing Algorithm  . . . . . . . . . . . 88--93
 | |
|             A. E. Oldehoeft and   
 | |
|                  M. H. Halstead   Maximum computing power and cost factors
 | |
|                                   in the centralization problem  . . . . . 94--96
 | |
|               M. A. Jenkins and   
 | |
|                     J. F. Traub   ACM Algorithm 419: Zeros of a Complex
 | |
|                                   Polynomial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97--99
 | |
|                   H. Williamson   ACM Algorithm 420: Hidden-Line Plotting
 | |
|                                   Program  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100--103
 | |
|                    J. A. Moorer   Music and computer composition . . . . . 104--113
 | |
|                 Ivan Flores and   
 | |
|                   George Madpis   Corrigendum: ``Average Binary Search
 | |
|                                   Length for Dense Ordered Lists'' . . . . 113--113
 | |
|              Richard Gordon and   
 | |
|                 Gabor T. Herman   Corrigendum: ``Reconstruction of
 | |
|                                   Pictures from Their Projections''  . . . 113--113
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="15(3):March:1972">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 15,  Number 3, March, 1972
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                       Anonymous   Papers from the 3rd ACM symposium on
 | |
|                                   operating systems principles . . . . . .   ??
 | |
|                D. G. Bobrow and   
 | |
|             J. D. Burchfiel and   
 | |
|                D. L. Murphy and   
 | |
|                 R. S. Tomlinson   TENEX, A Paged Time-Sharing System for
 | |
|                                   the PDP-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135--143
 | |
|                    B. H. Liskov   The Design of the Venus Operating System 144--149
 | |
|               R. Stockton Gains   An operating system based on the concept
 | |
|                                   of a supervisory computer  . . . . . . . 150--156
 | |
|        Michael D. Schroeder and   
 | |
|               Jerome H. Saltzer   A Hardware Architecture for Implementing
 | |
|                                   Protection Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . 157--170
 | |
|               A. Nico Habermann   Synchronization of Communicating
 | |
|                                   Processes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171--176
 | |
|              Toby J. Teorey and   
 | |
|                Tad B. Pinkerton   A Comparative Analysis of Disk
 | |
|                                   Scheduling Policies  . . . . . . . . . . 177--184
 | |
|          E. G. Coffman, Jr. and   
 | |
|                 T. A. Ryan, Jr.   A study of storage partitioning using a
 | |
|                                   mathematical model of locality . . . . . 185--190
 | |
|            Peter J. Denning and   
 | |
|              Stuart C. Schwartz   Properties of the working-set model  . . 191--198
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="15(4):April:1972">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 15,  Number 4, April, 1972
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                R. W. Conway and   
 | |
|               W. L. Maxwell and   
 | |
|                    H. L. Morgan   On the Implementation of Security
 | |
|                                   Measures in Information Systems  . . . . 211--220
 | |
|                    D. C. Walden   A system for interprocess communication
 | |
|                                   in a resource sharing computer network   221--230
 | |
|                N. M. Herbst and   
 | |
|                      P. M. Will   An experimental laboratory for pattern
 | |
|                                   recognition and signal processing  . . . 231--244
 | |
|               Yutaka Matsushita   Hidden lines elimination for a rotating
 | |
|                                   object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245--252
 | |
|                     S. M. Chase   An implemented graph algorithm for
 | |
|                                   winning Shannon Switching Games  . . . . 253--256
 | |
|                 E. Horowitz and   
 | |
|                H. L. Morgan and   
 | |
|                      A. C. Shaw   Computers and Society: A Proposed Course
 | |
|                                   for Computer Scientists  . . . . . . . . 257--261
 | |
|                         H. Kuki   Complex gamma function with error
 | |
|                                   control  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262--267
 | |
|                     C. B. Moler   Matrix Computations with Fortran and
 | |
|                                   Paging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268--270
 | |
|                    Hirondo Kuki   ACM Algorithm 421: Complex Gamma
 | |
|                                   Function with Error Control  . . . . . . 271--272
 | |
|                V. K. M. Whitney   ACM Algorithm 422: Minimal Spanning Tree 273--274
 | |
|                     C. B. Moler   ACM Algorithm 423: Linear Equation
 | |
|                                   Solver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274--274
 | |
|                    D. C. Walden   A Note on Cheney's Nonrecursive
 | |
|                                   List-Compacting Algorithm  . . . . . . . 275--275
 | |
|                        T. C. Hu   A Comment on the Double-Chained Tree . . 276--276
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="15(5):May:1972">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 15,  Number 5, May, 1972
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                 James K. Mullin   An Improved Indexed-Sequential Access
 | |
|                                   Method Using Hashed Overflow . . . . . . 301--307
 | |
|               A. Bensoussan and   
 | |
|               C. T. Clingen and   
 | |
|                     R. C. Daley   The Multics Virtual Memory: Concepts and
 | |
|                                   Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308--318
 | |
|                 R. D. Christman   MUX, a simple approach to on-line
 | |
|                                   computing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319--329
 | |
|                 David L. Parnas   A technique for software module
 | |
|                                   specification with examples  . . . . . . 330--336
 | |
|             W. Morven Gentleman   Implementing Clenshaw-Curtis quadrature.
 | |
|                                   I. Methodology and experience  . . . . . 337--342
 | |
|             W. Morvin Gentleman   Implementing Clenshaw-Curtis quadrature.
 | |
|                                   II. Computing the cosine transformation  343--346
 | |
|                D. Greenspan and   
 | |
|                      D. Schultz   Fast finite-difference solution of
 | |
|                                   biharmonic problems  . . . . . . . . . . 347--350
 | |
|                    C. B. Dunham   Minimax nonlinear approximation by
 | |
|                                   approximation on subsets . . . . . . . . 351--351
 | |
|                  Richard Harter   The Optimality of Winograd's Formula . . 352--352
 | |
|                 W. M. Gentleman   ACM Algorithm 424: Clenshaw-Curtis
 | |
|                                   Quadrature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353--355
 | |
|                 R. L. Hurst and   
 | |
|                      R. E. Knop   ACM Algorithm 425: Generation of Random
 | |
|                                   Correlated Normal Variables  . . . . . . 355--357
 | |
|                         C. Bron   ACM Algorithm 426: Merge Sort Algorithm  357--358
 | |
|                         P. Linz   ACM Algorithm 427: Fourier Cosine
 | |
|                                   Integral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358--360
 | |
|                      J. M. Yohe   ACM Algorithm 428: Hu-Tucker Minimum
 | |
|                                   Redundancy Alphabetic Coding Method  . . 360--362
 | |
|                R. L. Ashenhurst   A report of the ACM curriculum committee
 | |
|                                   on computer education for management.
 | |
|                                   Curriculum recommendations for graduate
 | |
|                                   professional programs in information
 | |
|                                   systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363--398
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="15(6):June:1972">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 15,  Number 6, June, 1972
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                   J. Blatny and   
 | |
|                 S. R. Clark and   
 | |
|                    T. A. Rourke   On the optimization of performance of
 | |
|                                   time-sharing systems by simulation . . . 411--420
 | |
|                    T. R. Spacek   A proposal to establish a pseudo virtual
 | |
|                                   memory via writable overlays . . . . . . 421--426
 | |
|                  P. Gilbert and   
 | |
|                  W. J. Chandler   Interference between Communicating
 | |
|                                   Parallel Processes . . . . . . . . . . . 427--437
 | |
|                    J. F. Gimpel   Blocks-a new datatype for SNOBOL 4 . . . 438--447
 | |
|                 David F. Martin   A Boolean matrix method for the
 | |
|                                   computation of linear precedence
 | |
|                                   functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448--454
 | |
|              Robert T. O'Reagan   Computer Assigned Codes from Verbal
 | |
|                                   Responses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455--459
 | |
|                       K. Iguchi   A starting method for solving nonlinear
 | |
|                                   Volterra integral equations of the
 | |
|                                   second kind  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460--461
 | |
|                         I. Pohl   A Sorting Problem and Its Complexity . . 462--464
 | |
|                    K. S. Kolbig   Certification of algorithm 363 (complex
 | |
|                                   error function)  . . . . . . . . . . . . 465--466
 | |
|                     H. Niessner   Remark on algorithm 343 (Eigenvalues and
 | |
|                                   eigenvectors of a real general matrix)   466--466
 | |
|                     L. G. Proll   Remark on ``ACM Algorithm 370 (General
 | |
|                                   random number generator) [G5]''  . . . . 467--468
 | |
|                   G. F. Schrack   Remark on algorithm 381 (Random vectors
 | |
|                                   uniform in solid angle)  . . . . . . . . 468--468
 | |
|                   A. H. J. Sale   Remark on algorithm 393 (Special series
 | |
|                                   summation with arbitrary precision)  . . 468--469
 | |
|                    B. Einarsson   Remark on algorithm 418 (Calculation of
 | |
|                                   Fourier integrals) . . . . . . . . . . . 469--469
 | |
|               S. C. Johnson and   
 | |
|                 B. W. Kernighan   Remark on algorithm 397 (An integer
 | |
|                                   programming problem) . . . . . . . . . . 469--469
 | |
|                  Abraham Kandel   Computer Science --- A Vicious Circle    470--471
 | |
|                   E. B. Koffman   Individualizing instruction in a
 | |
|                                   generative CAI tutor . . . . . . . . . . 472--473
 | |
|               E. N. Houstis and   
 | |
|              W. F. Mitchell and   
 | |
|                      J. R. Rice   ACM Algorithm 438: Product Type
 | |
|                                   Two-point Gauss-Legendre-Simpson's
 | |
|                                   Integration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1071
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="15(7):July:1972">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 15,  Number 7, July, 1972
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                      Lee Revens   The first twenty-five years ACM
 | |
|                                   1947--1962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485--490
 | |
|                   Eric A. Weiss   Publications in computing: an informal
 | |
|                                   review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491--497
 | |
|                    A. P. Ershov   Aesthetics and the Human Factor in
 | |
|                                   Programming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501--505
 | |
|                       Anonymous   As the industry sees it  . . . . . . . . 506--517
 | |
|                Michael A. Arbib   Toward an Automata Theory of Brains  . . 521--527
 | |
|                 Zohar Manna and   
 | |
|                  Jean Vuillemin   Fixpoint Approach to the Theory of
 | |
|                                   Computation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528--536
 | |
|                     J. F. Traub   Numerical Mathematics and Computer
 | |
|                                   Science  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537--541
 | |
|             David F. Shanno and   
 | |
|                   Roman L. Weil   Management science: a view from
 | |
|                                   nonlinear programming  . . . . . . . . . 542--549
 | |
|                      Joel Moses   Toward a General Theory of Special
 | |
|                                   Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550--556 (or 550--554??)
 | |
|                    C. C. Foster   A view of computer architecture  . . . . 557--565
 | |
|                    A. G. Fraser   On the interface between computers and
 | |
|                                   data communications systems  . . . . . . 566--573
 | |
|               Per Brinch Hansen   Structured Multiprogramming  . . . . . . 574--578
 | |
|                     W. C. Lynch   Operating system performance . . . . . . 579--585
 | |
|                 S. R. Kimbleton   The role of computer system models in
 | |
|                                   performance evaluation . . . . . . . . . 586--590
 | |
|                      Saul Rosen   Programming Systems and Languages
 | |
|                                   (1965--1975) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591--600
 | |
|                  Jean E. Sammet   Programming Languages: History and
 | |
|                                   Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601--610
 | |
|                   L. D. Fosdick   The production of better mathematical
 | |
|                                   software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611--617
 | |
|                    D. G. Bobrow   Requirements for Advanced Programming
 | |
|                                   Systems for List Processing  . . . . . . 618--627
 | |
|              Charles W. Bachman   The Evolution of Storage Structures  . . 628--634
 | |
|                      J. R. Rice   On the present and future of scientific
 | |
|                                   computation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637--639
 | |
|              Robert I. Benjamin   A generational perspective of
 | |
|                                   information system development . . . . . 640--643
 | |
|                   S. Y. Sedelow   Language analysis in the humanities  . . 644--647
 | |
|                      K. L. Zinn   Computers in the instructional process:
 | |
|                                   directions for research and development  648--651
 | |
|                   G. M. Sturman   Computers and urban society  . . . . . . 652--657
 | |
|                       G. Salton   Dynamic document processing  . . . . . . 658--668
 | |
|                 Donald E. Knuth   Ancient Babylonian algorithms  . . . . . 671--677
 | |
|                 F. L. Bauer and   
 | |
|           H. W\"ossner and   
 | |
|                     Konrad Zuse   The ``Plankalk\"ul'' of Konrad Zuse: a
 | |
|                                   forerunner of today's programming
 | |
|                                   languages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678--685
 | |
|              Richard E. Sprague   A Western View of Computer History . . . 686--692
 | |
|                    Franz L. Alt   Archaeology of computers ---
 | |
|                                   reminiscences, 1945--1947  . . . . . . . 693--694
 | |
|                  A. Borodin and   
 | |
|                   C. C. Gotlieb   Computers and employment . . . . . . . . 695--702
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="15(8):August:1972">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 15,  Number 8, August, 1972
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                 John G. Herriot   In memory of George E. Forsythe  . . . . 719--720
 | |
|                 Donald E. Knuth   George Forsythe and the development of
 | |
|                                   Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . 721--726
 | |
|                     David Crowe   Generating parsers for affix grammars.
 | |
|                                   Collection of articles in honor of
 | |
|                                   George E. Forsythe (ACM Student
 | |
|                                   Competition Award Papers)  . . . . . . . 728--734
 | |
|            Robert E. Helbig and   
 | |
|              Patrick K. Orr and   
 | |
|              Robert R. Roediger   Political Redistricting by Computer  . . 735--741
 | |
|              Arthur J. Benjamin   Extensible Editor for a Small Machine
 | |
|                                   with Disk Storage  . . . . . . . . . . . 742--747
 | |
|             Robert F. Rosin and   
 | |
|              Gideon Frieder and   
 | |
|        Richard H. Eckhouse, Jr.   Environment for Research in
 | |
|                                   Microprogramming and Emulation . . . . . 748--760
 | |
|                  P. H. Oden and   
 | |
|                   G. S. Shedler   A Model of Memory Contention in a Paging
 | |
|                                   Machine  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761--771
 | |
|             H. J. Bernstein and   
 | |
|                   H. T. Gladwin   Compiling fixed-point multiplications    772--772
 | |
|              W. L. van der Poel   Comment on the composition of semantics
 | |
|                                   in Algol 68  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772--772
 | |
|            James H. Morris, Jr.   A Bonus from van Wijngaarden's Device    773--773
 | |
|                     P. R. Jones   Comment on average binary search length  774--774
 | |
|              Ronald C. Read and   
 | |
|                       K. Harada   A note on the generation of rosary
 | |
|                                   permutations. With a response by K.
 | |
|                                   Harada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775--775
 | |
|                       W. Squire   ACM Algorithm 429: Localization of the
 | |
|                                   Roots of a Polynomial  . . . . . . . . . 776--777
 | |
|            P. W. Purdom Jr. and   
 | |
|                     E. F. Moore   ACM Algorithm 430: Immediate
 | |
|                                   Predominators in a Directed Graph  . . . 777--778
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="15(9):September:1972">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 15,  Number 9, September, 1972
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                K. N. Levitt and   
 | |
|                     W. H. Kautz   Cellular Arrays for the Solution of
 | |
|                                   Graph Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789--801
 | |
|                  Sakti P. Ghosh   File Organization --- The Consecutive
 | |
|                                   Retrieval Property . . . . . . . . . . . 802--808
 | |
|                      M. Mor and   
 | |
|                       T. Lamdan   A New Approach to Automatic Scanning of
 | |
|                                   Contour Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809--812
 | |
|                 Paul L. Richman   Automatic Error Analysis for Determining
 | |
|                                   Precision  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813--817
 | |
|                    A. Ravindran   ACM Algorithm 431: A Computer Routine
 | |
|                                   for Quadratic and Linear Programming
 | |
|                                   Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 818--820
 | |
|               R. H. Bartels and   
 | |
|                   G. W. Stewart   ACM Algorithm 432: Solution of the
 | |
|                                   Matrix Equation
 | |
|                                   ${\bf{A}}x+x{\bf{B}}={\bf{C}}$ . . . . . 820--826
 | |
|                   E. S. Deutsch   Thinning Algorithms on Rectangular,
 | |
|                                   Hexagonal, and Triangular Arrays . . . . 827--837
 | |
|                      J. Gregory   A Comparison of Floating Point Summation
 | |
|                                   Methods  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 838--838
 | |
|                 Hatem M. Khalil   The eigenproblem of block tridiagonal
 | |
|                                   matrices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 839--839
 | |
|                D. L. Parnas and   
 | |
|             A. N. Habermann and   
 | |
|                      R. C. Holt   Comment on Deadlock Prevention Method    840--841
 | |
|               R. Rubinstein and   
 | |
|                      J. Feldman   A controller for a Braille terminal  . . 841--842
 | |
|                       K. C. Tan   On Foster's Information Storage and
 | |
|                                   Retrieval Using AVL Trees  . . . . . . . 843--843
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="15(10):October:1972">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 15,  Number 10, October, 1972
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                  E. W. Dijkstra   The Humble Programmer  . . . . . . . . . 859--866
 | |
|                 James B. Morris   Demand Paging Through Utilization of
 | |
|                                   Working Sets on the Maniac II  . . . . . 867--872
 | |
|                J. H. Ahrens and   
 | |
|                       U. Dieter   Computer Methods for Sampling from the
 | |
|                                   Exponential and Normal Distributions . . 873--882
 | |
|               Richard J. Hanson   Integral Equations of Immunology . . . . 883--890
 | |
|           Robert F. Simmons and   
 | |
|                 Jonathan Slocum   Generating English Discourse from
 | |
|                                   Semantic Networks  . . . . . . . . . . . 891--905
 | |
|                      Gert Dathe   Conversion of Decision Tables by Rule
 | |
|                                   Mask Method without Rule Mask  . . . . . 906--909
 | |
|                W. D. Frazer and   
 | |
|                      C. K. Wong   Sorting by Natural Selection . . . . . . 910--913
 | |
|                    A. P. Ershov   Corrigendum: ``Aesthetics and the Human
 | |
|                                   Factor in Programming''  . . . . . . . . 913--913
 | |
|                        H. Akima   ACM Algorithm 433: Interpolation and
 | |
|                                   Smooth Curve Fitting Based on Local
 | |
|                                   Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914--918
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="15(11):November:1972">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 15,  Number 11, November, 1972
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                     Phyllis Fox   Comparative Study of Computer Programs
 | |
|                                   for Integrating Differential Equations   941--948
 | |
|              Michael A. Malcolm   Algorithms to Reveal Properties of
 | |
|                                   Floating-Point Arithmetic  . . . . . . . 949--951
 | |
|              Merrell L. Patrick   A Highly Parallel Algorithm for
 | |
|                                   Approximating All Zeros of a Polynomial
 | |
|                                   with Only Real Zeros . . . . . . . . . . 952--955
 | |
|                Henry F. Ledgard   Model for Type Checking --- with an
 | |
|                                   Application to Algol 60  . . . . . . . . 956--966
 | |
|                 Peter Henderson   Derived Semantics for Some Programming
 | |
|                                   Language Constructs  . . . . . . . . . . 967--973
 | |
|                     M. Verhelst   Conversion of Limited-Entry Decision
 | |
|                                   Tables to Optimal and Near-Optimal
 | |
|                                   Flowcharts: Two New Algorithms . . . . . 974--980
 | |
|                   H. D. Baecker   Garbage Collection for Virtual Memory
 | |
|                                   Computer Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 981--986
 | |
|             John S. Ramberg and   
 | |
|              Bruce W. Schmeiser   Approximate Method for Generating
 | |
|                                   Symmetric Random Variables . . . . . . . 987--990
 | |
|                     D. L. March   ACM Algorithm 434: Exact Probabilities
 | |
|                                   for ${R\times{C}}$ Contingency Tables    991--992
 | |
|                    W. Fullerton   ACM Algorithm 435: Modified Incomplete
 | |
|                                   Gamma Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 993--995
 | |
|                   V. Y. Lum and   
 | |
|                   P. S. T. Yuen   Additional results on key-to-address
 | |
|                                   transform techniques: a fundamental
 | |
|                                   performance study on large existing
 | |
|                                   formatted files  . . . . . . . . . . . . 996--997
 | |
|                      S. Kennedy   A note on optimal doubly-chained trees   997--998
 | |
|         Murray A. Eisenberg and   
 | |
|              Michael R. McGuire   Further comments on Dijkstra's
 | |
|                                   concurrent programming control problem   999--999
 | |
|                   S. W. Smoliar   Comments on Moorer's Music and computer
 | |
|                                   composition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000--1001
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="15(12):December:1972">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 15,  Number 12, December, 1972
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|         J. Richard Phillips and   
 | |
|                     H. C. Adams   Dynamic Partitioning for Array Languages 1023--1032
 | |
|                    R. Bayer and   
 | |
|                     C. Witzgall   Index Ranges for Matrix Calculi  . . . . 1033--1039
 | |
|                  Jay Earley and   
 | |
|                 Paul Caizergues   Method for Incrementally Compiling
 | |
|                                   Languages with Nested Statement
 | |
|                                   Structure  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040--1044
 | |
|                 Fabrizio Luccio   Weighted Increment Linear Search for
 | |
|                                   Scatter Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045--1047
 | |
|                  D. R. Barr and   
 | |
|                    N. L. Slezak   A comparison of multivariate normal
 | |
|                                   generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048--1049
 | |
|                  John Moore and   
 | |
|               Prentiss Robinson   New Method for the Solution of the
 | |
|                                   Cauchy Problem for Parabolic Equations   1050--1052
 | |
|                    D. L. Parnas   On the Criteria to Be Used in
 | |
|                                   Decomposing Systems into Modules . . . . 1053--1058
 | |
|                     P. J. Brown   Levels of Language for Portable Software 1059--1062
 | |
|             Stephen Sherman and   
 | |
|         Forest Baskett, III and   
 | |
|                    J. C. Browne   Trace-Driven Modeling and Analysis of
 | |
|                                   CPU Scheduling in a Multiprogramming
 | |
|                                   System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1063--1069
 | |
|                    W. R. Boland   ACM Algorithm 436: Product Type
 | |
|                                   Trapezoidal Integration  . . . . . . . . 1070--1070
 | |
|                    W. R. Boland   ACM Algorithm 437: Product Type
 | |
|                                   Simpson's Integration  . . . . . . . . . 1070--1071
 | |
|                    W. R. Boland   ACM Algorithm 439: Product Type
 | |
|                                   Three-point Gauss-Legendre-Simpson's
 | |
|                                   Integration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1072
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="15(2):February:1973">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 15,  Number 2, February, 1973
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|            Peter J. Denning and   
 | |
|              Stuart C. Schwartz   Corrigendum: ``Properties of the
 | |
|                                   working-set model''  . . . . . . . . . . 191--198
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="16(1):January:1973">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 16,  Number 1, January, 1973
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                   G. S. Shedler   A Queuing Model of a Multiprogrammed
 | |
|                                   Computer with a Two-Level Storage System 3--10
 | |
|                     Carter Bays   The Reallocation of Hash-Coded Tables    11--14
 | |
|            James H. Morris, Jr.   Protection in Programming Languages  . . 15--21
 | |
|              Yoichi Muraoka and   
 | |
|                   David J. Kuck   On the Time Required for a Sequence of
 | |
|                                   Matrix Products  . . . . . . . . . . . . 22--26
 | |
|                 E. B. James and   
 | |
|                 D. P. Partridge   Adaptive Correction of Program
 | |
|                                   Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27--37
 | |
|                   P. L. Richman   Variable-Precision Exponentiation  . . . 38--40
 | |
|                  C. R. Crawford   Reduction of a Band-Symmetric
 | |
|                                   Generalized Eigenvalue Problem . . . . . 41--44
 | |
|                S. E. Blount and   
 | |
|                         L. Fein   The practical aspect of computer science
 | |
|                                   education --- discussion . . . . . . . . 45--46
 | |
|                         C. Bays   A note on when to chain overflow items
 | |
|                                   within a direct-access table . . . . . . 46--47
 | |
|                    M. S. Atkins   Mutual recursion in Algol 60 using
 | |
|                                   restricted compilers . . . . . . . . . . 47--48
 | |
|                  L. J. Gallaher   ACM Algorithm 440: A Multidimensional
 | |
|                                   Monte Carlo Quadrature with Adaptive
 | |
|                                   Stratified Sampling  . . . . . . . . . . 49--50
 | |
|                      R. E. Knop   ACM Algorithm 441: Random samples from
 | |
|                                   the dipole distribution [G5] . . . . . . 51--51
 | |
|                  G. W. Hill and   
 | |
|                     A. W. Davis   ACM Algorithm 442: Normal deviate [S14]  51--52
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="16(2):February:1973">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 16,  Number 2, February, 1973
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                   R. D. Merrill   Representation of Contours and Regions
 | |
|                                   for Efficient Computer Search  . . . . . 69--82
 | |
|          S. Crespi-Reghizzi and   
 | |
|             M. A. Melkanoff and   
 | |
|                      L. Lichten   The Use of Grammatical Inference for
 | |
|                                   Designing Programming Languages  . . . . 83--90
 | |
|                    J. F. Gimpel   A Theory of Discrete Patterns and Their
 | |
|                                   Implementation in SNOBOL4  . . . . . . . 91--100
 | |
|                        J. Rokne   Automatic Errorbounds for Simple Zeros
 | |
|                                   of Analytic Functions  . . . . . . . . . 101--104
 | |
|                Richard P. Brent   Reducing the Retrieval Time of Scatter
 | |
|                                   Storage Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . 105--109
 | |
|            Robert M. Graham and   
 | |
|       Gerald J. Clancy, Jr. and   
 | |
|                David B. DeVaney   A software design and evaluation system  110--116
 | |
|                    R. M. Balzer   An overview of the ISPL computer system
 | |
|                                   design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117--122
 | |
|               F. N. Fritsch and   
 | |
|                R. E. Shafer and   
 | |
|                   W. P. Crowley   ACM Algorithm 443: Solution of the
 | |
|                                   Transcendental Equation $w e^w = x$  . . 123--124
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="16(3):March:1973">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 16,  Number 3, March, 1973
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|          Richard H. Austing and   
 | |
|                 Gerald L. Engel   A Computer Science Course Program for
 | |
|                                   Small Colleges . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139--147
 | |
|                Robert A. Wagner   Common Phrases and Minimum-Space Text
 | |
|                                   Storage  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148--152
 | |
|                 Y. Feinroth and   
 | |
|             E. Franceschini and   
 | |
|                    M. Goldstein   Telecommunications Using a Front-End
 | |
|                                   Minicomputer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153--160
 | |
|                 Charles D. Pack   The Effects of Multiplexing on a
 | |
|                                   Computer-Communications System . . . . . 161--168
 | |
|           Richard W. Conway and   
 | |
|                Thomas R. Wilcox   Design and Implementation of Diagnostic
 | |
|                                   Compiler for PL/I  . . . . . . . . . . . 169--179
 | |
|                    H. E. Salzer   Gray code and the +or-sign sequence when
 | |
|                                   +or-f(+or-f(+or-f( . . +or-f(x) . . .)))
 | |
|                                   is ordered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180--180
 | |
|               Abraham Bookstein   On Harrison's Substring Testing
 | |
|                                   Technique  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180--181
 | |
|                     W. H. Payne   Graduate Education: The Ph.D. Glut . . . 181--182
 | |
|                    R. A. Wagner   ACM Algorithm 444: An Algorithm for
 | |
|                                   Extracting Phrases in a Space-Optimal
 | |
|                                   Fashion  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183--185
 | |
|                   Shi-Kuo Chang   ACM Algorithm 445: Binary Pattern
 | |
|                                   Reconstruction from Projections  . . . . 185--186
 | |
|                          J. Lau   Binary pattern reconstruction from
 | |
|                                   projections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186--186
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="16(4):April:1973">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 16,  Number 4, April, 1973
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                  A. Hassitt and   
 | |
|           J. W. Lageschulte and   
 | |
|                      L. E. Lyon   Implementation of a High Level Language
 | |
|                                   Machine  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199--212
 | |
|                John G. Williams   Asymmetric Memory Hierarchies  . . . . . 213--222
 | |
|                     H. Kuki and   
 | |
|                      W. J. Cody   A Statistical Study of the Accuracy of
 | |
|                                   Floating Point Number Systems  . . . . . 223--230
 | |
|              W. A. Burkhard and   
 | |
|                    R. M. Keller   Some Approaches to Best-Match File
 | |
|                                   Searching  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230--236
 | |
|        James P. Strong, III and   
 | |
|                Azriel Rosenfeld   A region coloring technique for scene
 | |
|                                   analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237--246
 | |
|       Juan Rodriguez-Rosell and   
 | |
|               Jean-Pierre Dupuy   The design, implementation, and
 | |
|                                   evaluation of a working set dispatcher   247--253
 | |
|                      R. Broucke   ACM Algorithm 446: Ten Subroutines for
 | |
|                                   the Manipulation of Chebyshev Series . . 254--256
 | |
|               L. C. Ragland and   
 | |
|                      D. I. Good   Greatest common divisor of $n$ integers
 | |
|                                   and multipliers  . . . . . . . . . . . . 257--257
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="16(5):May:1973">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 16,  Number 5, May, 1973
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                     David Pager   On the Problem of Communicating Complex
 | |
|                                   Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275--281
 | |
|                    David W. Low   Programming by Questionnaire: an
 | |
|                                   Effective Way to Use Decision Tables . . 282--286
 | |
|               P. J. H. King and   
 | |
|                   R. G. Johnson   Some Comments on the Use of Ambiguous
 | |
|                                   Decision Tables and Their Conversion to
 | |
|                                   Computer Programs  . . . . . . . . . . . 287--290
 | |
|                    John Salasin   Hierarchical Storage in Information
 | |
|                                   Retrieval  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291--295
 | |
|               D. G. Corneil and   
 | |
|               C. C. Gotlieb and   
 | |
|                       Y. M. Lee   Minimal Event-Node Network of Project
 | |
|                                   Precedence Relations . . . . . . . . . . 296--298
 | |
|               Andrew Mercer and   
 | |
|                Azriel Rosenfeld   An array grammar programming system  . . 299--305
 | |
|              Edward M. Reingold   A Nonrecursive List Moving Algorithm . . 305--307
 | |
|                          H. Vos   Coulomb wave functions . . . . . . . . . 308--309
 | |
|                        G. Bayer   Maxflow  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309--309
 | |
|                 B. Holmgren and   
 | |
|                     A. Kolm and   
 | |
|                    D. Obradovic   Minit algorithm for linear programming   310--310
 | |
|                    D. Obradovic   Minit algorithm for linear programming   310--310
 | |
|                    J. A. Howell   Exact solution of linear equations using
 | |
|                                   residue arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . 311--311
 | |
|                   A. H. J. Sale   A sparse matrix package  . . . . . . . . 311--311
 | |
|                   R. E. Wheeler   Increasing the efficiency of quicksort   311--311
 | |
|                       M. K. Roy   Reflection-free permutations, rosary
 | |
|                                   permutations and adjacent transposition
 | |
|                                   algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312--312
 | |
|                  C. H. McMorrow   Concerning music and computer
 | |
|                                   composition in computational linguistics 313--313
 | |
|                 R. L. Wexelblat   Another comment on computer music  . . . 313--314
 | |
|                    R. G. Estell   A comment on the practical aspects of
 | |
|                                   computer science education . . . . . . . 314--315
 | |
|                Roger Fajman and   
 | |
|                    John Borgelt   WYLBUR, An Interactive Text Editing and
 | |
|                                   Remote Job Entry System  . . . . . . . . 314--322
 | |
|               Dennis J. Frailey   A Practical Approach to Managing
 | |
|                                   Resources and Avoiding Deadlocks . . . . 323--329
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="16(6):June:1973">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 16,  Number 6, June, 1973
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                    R. G. Hamlet   Efficient multiprogramming resource
 | |
|                                   allocation and accounting  . . . . . . . 337--342
 | |
|                  E. Gelenbe and   
 | |
|          J. C. A. Boekhorst and   
 | |
|                J. L. W. Kessels   Minimizing wasted space in partitioned
 | |
|                                   segmentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343--349
 | |
|                      J. C. Hill   Synchronizing processors with
 | |
|                                   memory-content-generated interrupts  . . 350--351
 | |
|             Harold S. Stone and   
 | |
|                Samuel F. Fuller   On the Near-Optimality of the
 | |
|                                   Shortest-Latency-Time-First Drum
 | |
|                                   Scheduling Discipline  . . . . . . . . . 352--353
 | |
|               P. F. Stockhausen   Adapting optimal code generation for
 | |
|                                   arithmetic expressions to the
 | |
|                                   instruction sets available on
 | |
|                                   present-day computers  . . . . . . . . . 353--354
 | |
|                      R. F. Ling   A computer generated aid for cluster
 | |
|                                   analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355--361
 | |
|                 Ben Shneiderman   Optimum Data Base Reorganization Points  362--365
 | |
|                       H. Strunz   The development of decision tables via
 | |
|                                   parsing of complex decision situations   366--369
 | |
|                   James R. Bell   Threaded Code  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370--372
 | |
|                 J. Hopcroft and   
 | |
|                       R. Tarjan   ACM Algorithm 447: Efficient Algorithms
 | |
|                                   for Graph Manipulation . . . . . . . . . 372--378
 | |
|                    T. Beyer and   
 | |
|                 D. F. Swinehart   ACM Algorithm 448: Number of
 | |
|                                   Multiply-Restricted Partitions . . . . . 379--379
 | |
|                 J. Ferguson and   
 | |
|                    P. A. Staley   Least squares piecewise cubic curve
 | |
|                                   fitting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380--382
 | |
|                   W. D. Hoskins   Cubic spline solutions to fourth-order
 | |
|                                   boundary value problems  . . . . . . . . 382--385
 | |
|                Franz L. Alt and   
 | |
|                Judith Yuni Kirk   Computer Photocomposition of Technical
 | |
|                                   Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386--391
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="16(7):July:1973">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 16,  Number 7, July, 1973
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                Richard L. Nolan   Managing the Computer Resource: Stage
 | |
|                                   Hypothesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399--405
 | |
|                     J. C. Huang   A Note on Information Organization and
 | |
|                                   Storage  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406--410
 | |
|       Edward W. Kozdrowicki and   
 | |
|                Dennis W. Cooper   COKO III: the Cooper-Koz Chess Program   411--427 (or 411--426??)
 | |
|             John H. Howard, Jr.   Mixed Solutions for the Deadlock Problem 427--430
 | |
|                    Erol Gelenbe   Distribution of a Program in Primary and
 | |
|                                   Fast Buffer Storage  . . . . . . . . . . 431--434
 | |
|                 Robert F. Rosin   Teaching ``About Programming'' . . . . . 435--439
 | |
|          F. Warren McFarlan and   
 | |
|                Richard L. Nolan   Curriculum Recommendations for Graduate
 | |
|                                   Professional Programs in Information
 | |
|                                   Systems: Recommended Addendum on
 | |
|                                   Information Systems Administration . . . 439--442 (or 439--441??)
 | |
|                       A. Kandel   Computer Science --- Seminars for
 | |
|                                   Undergraduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442--442
 | |
|                  G. V. Bochmann   Multiple Exits from a Loop Without the
 | |
|                                   GOTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443--444
 | |
|              Patrick A. V. Hall   Equivalence Between AND/OR Graphs and
 | |
|                                   Context-Free Grammars  . . . . . . . . . 444--445
 | |
|                        F. Fiala   ACM Algorithm 449: Solution of Linear
 | |
|                                   Programming Problems in 0-1 Variables    445--448 (or 445--447??)
 | |
|                 B. W. Kernighan   Remark on ``Algorithm 422: Minimal
 | |
|                                   Spanning Tree''  . . . . . . . . . . . . 448--448
 | |
|            I. D. G. Macleod and   
 | |
|                   A. M. Collins   Hidden-line plotting program . . . . . . 448--448
 | |
|                   P. J. Nikolai   DIFSUB for solution of ordinary
 | |
|                                   differential equations . . . . . . . . . 448--448
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="16(8):August:1973">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 16,  Number 8, August, 1973
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                Michael H. Smith   A learning program which plays
 | |
|                                   partnership dominoes . . . . . . . . . . 462--467
 | |
|                 B. J. MacLennan   Fen --- an Axiomatic Basis for Program
 | |
|                                   Semantics  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468--474
 | |
|                   David Misunas   Petri Nets and Speed Independent Design  474--482 (or 474--481??)
 | |
|                  M. MacHura and   
 | |
|                       A. Mulawa   ACM Algorithm 450: Rosenbrock Function
 | |
|                                   Minimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482--483
 | |
|                 R. B. Goldstein   ACM Algorithm 451: Chi-Square Quantiles  483--485
 | |
|                   C. N. Liu and   
 | |
|                      D. T. Tang   ACM Algorithm 452: Enumerating
 | |
|                                   Combinations of $m$ Out of $n$ Objects   485--485
 | |
|                 Robert Piessens   ACM Algorithm 453: Gaussian Quadrature
 | |
|                                   Formulas for Bromwich's Integral . . . . 486--487
 | |
|            J. A. Richardson and   
 | |
|                   J. L. Kuester   ACM Algorithm 454: The Complex Method
 | |
|                                   for Constrained Optimization . . . . . . 487--489
 | |
|               G. Andrejkova and   
 | |
|                        J. Vinar   Complex gamma function . . . . . . . . . 489--489
 | |
|                 R. M. De Morgan   Remark on ``Algorithm 357 [A1]: An
 | |
|                                   Efficient Prime Number Generator'' . . . 489--489
 | |
|                   R. P. Watkins   Graph plotter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489--490
 | |
|                     J. G. Byrne   Hu-Tucker minimum redundancy alphabetic
 | |
|                                   coding method  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490--490
 | |
|                      A. J. Good   Clenshaw-Curtis quadrature . . . . . . . 490--490
 | |
|                  E. J. Williams   Localization of the roots of a
 | |
|                                   polynomial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490--490
 | |
|                 Zohar Manna and   
 | |
|                Stephen Ness and   
 | |
|                  Jean Vuillemin   Inductive Methods for Proving Properties
 | |
|                                   of Programs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491--502
 | |
|              W. W. Peterson and   
 | |
|                   T. Kasami and   
 | |
|                       N. Tokura   On the Capabilities of While, Repeat,
 | |
|                                   and Exit Statements  . . . . . . . . . . 503--512
 | |
|                Caxton C. Foster   A Generalization of AVL Trees  . . . . . 513--517
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="16(9):September:1973">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 16,  Number 9, September, 1973
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                Jeffrey P. Buzen   Computational Algorithms for Closed
 | |
|                                   Queueing Networks with Exponential
 | |
|                                   Servers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527--531
 | |
|                S. Ganapathy and   
 | |
|                    V. Rajaraman   Information Theory Applied to the
 | |
|                                   Conversion of Decision Tables to
 | |
|                                   Computer Programs  . . . . . . . . . . . 532--539
 | |
|             Alfonso F. Cardenas   Evaluation and Selection of File
 | |
|                                   Organization --- A Model and a System    540--548
 | |
|                     R. G. Casey   Design of Tree Structures for Efficient
 | |
|                                   Querying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549--556
 | |
|           Juan Rodriguez-Rosell   Empirical Working Set Behavior . . . . . 556--560
 | |
|           Geoffrey W. Gates and   
 | |
|              David A. Poplawski   A simple technique for structured
 | |
|                                   variable lookup  . . . . . . . . . . . . 561--565
 | |
|                 M. V. Zelkowitz   Reversible Execution . . . . . . . . . . 566--566
 | |
|          Robert E. Barnhill and   
 | |
|                David T. Pilcher   Sard kernels for certain bivariate
 | |
|                                   cubatures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567--571 (or 567--570??)
 | |
|                D. B. Hunter and   
 | |
|                  J. M. Williams   ACM Algorithm 455: Analysis of Skew
 | |
|                                   Representations of the Symmetric Group   571--572
 | |
|                  Zden\vek Fencl   ACM Algorithm 456: Routing Problem . . . 572--574
 | |
|                   Coen Bron and   
 | |
|                   Joep Kerbosch   ACM Algorithm 457: Finding All Cliques
 | |
|                                   of an Undirected Graph . . . . . . . . . 575--577
 | |
|                       M. K. Roy   Remark on ``Algorithm 323 [G6]:
 | |
|                                   Generation of Permutations in
 | |
|                                   Lexicographic Order''  . . . . . . . . . 577--578
 | |
|                 Mohit Kumar Roy   Remark on ``Algorithm 323 [G6]:
 | |
|                                   Generation of Permutations in
 | |
|                                   Lexicographic Order''  . . . . . . . . . 577--578
 | |
|                  E. E. Lawrence   A sparse matrix package. I . . . . . . . 578--578
 | |
|                   H. Williamson   Hidden-line plotting program . . . . . . 578--579
 | |
|              H. B. Driessen and   
 | |
|                 E. W. LeM. Hunt   Localization of the roots of a
 | |
|                                   polynomial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579--579
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="16(10):October:1973">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 16,  Number 10, October, 1973
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|               John S. McGeachie   Multiple Terminals Under User Program
 | |
|                                   Control in a Time-Sharing Environment    587--590
 | |
|            Daniel G. Bobrow and   
 | |
|                    Ben Wegbreit   A Model and Stack Implementation of
 | |
|                                   Multiple Environments  . . . . . . . . . 591--603
 | |
|                  Vincent Y. Lum   General Performance Analysis of
 | |
|                                   Key-to-Address Transformation Methods
 | |
|                                   Using an Abstract File Concept . . . . . 603--612
 | |
|               Butler W. Lampson   A Note on the Confinement Problem  . . . 613--615
 | |
|            Daniel S. Hirschberg   A Class of Dynamic Memory Allocation
 | |
|                                   Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615--618
 | |
|                Barton G. Prieve   Using Page Residency to Select the
 | |
|                                   Working Set Parameter  . . . . . . . . . 619--620
 | |
|             Robert E. Millstein   Control Structures in Illiac IV Fortran  621--627
 | |
|                P. D. Robers and   
 | |
|                    S. S. Robers   ACM Algorithm 458: Discrete Linear
 | |
|                                   ${L}_1$ Approximation by Interval Linear
 | |
|                                   Programming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629--631
 | |
|                     M. M. Syslo   ACM Algorithm 459: The Elementary
 | |
|                                   Circuits of a Graph  . . . . . . . . . . 632--633
 | |
|              Paul E. Saylor and   
 | |
|              James D. Sebastian   ACM Algorithm 460: Calculation of
 | |
|                                   Optimum Parameters for Alternating
 | |
|                                   Direction Implicit Procedures  . . . . . 633--635
 | |
|             F. J. Burkowski and   
 | |
|                   W. D. Hoskins   ACM Algorithm 461: Cubic Spline
 | |
|                                   Solutions to a Class of Functional
 | |
|                                   Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . 635--637
 | |
|                  T. G. Donnelly   ACM Algorithm 462: Bivariate Normal
 | |
|                                   Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638--638
 | |
|                    C. R. Lewart   ACM Algorithm 463: Algorithms SCALE1,
 | |
|                                   SCALE2, and SCALE3 for Determination of
 | |
|                                   Scales on Computer Generated Plots . . . 639--640
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="16(11):November:1973">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 16,  Number 11, November, 1973
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|              Charles W. Bachman   The Programmer as Navigator  . . . . . . 653--658
 | |
|                     R. S. Fabry   Dynamic Verification of Operating System
 | |
|                                   Decisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659--668
 | |
|              M. D. Mickunas and   
 | |
|                 V. B. Schneider   Parser-Generating System for
 | |
|                                   Constructing Compressed Compilers  . . . 669--676
 | |
|           B. W. Jordan, Jr. and   
 | |
|                   R. C. Barrett   Scan Conversion Algorithm with Reduced
 | |
|                                   Storage Requirements . . . . . . . . . . 676--682
 | |
|             James R. Slagle and   
 | |
|                 Lewis M. Norton   Experiments with an Automatic
 | |
|                                   Theorem-Prover Having Partial Ordering
 | |
|                                   Inference Rules  . . . . . . . . . . . . 682--688
 | |
|                   C. H. Reinsch   ACM Algorithm 464: Eigenvalues of a Real
 | |
|                                   Symmetric Tridiagonal Matrix . . . . . . 689--689
 | |
|                      G. W. Hill   ACM Algorithm 465: Student's $t$
 | |
|                                   Frequency  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690--690
 | |
|                      G. Ehrlich   ACM Algorithm 466: Four Combinatorial
 | |
|                                   Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690--691
 | |
|                      N. Brenner   ACM Algorithm 467: Matrix Transposition
 | |
|                                   in Place . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692--694
 | |
|              T. N. L. Patterson   ACM Algorithm 468: Algorithm for
 | |
|                                   Automatic Numerical Integration Over a
 | |
|                                   Finite Interval  . . . . . . . . . . . . 694--699
 | |
|                      C. Lam and   
 | |
|                        J. McKay   ACM Algorithm 469: Arithmetic Over a
 | |
|                                   Finite Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699--699
 | |
|            Peter J. Denning and   
 | |
|                 G. Scott Graham   A Note on Subexpression Ordering in the
 | |
|                                   Execution of Arithmetic Expressions  . . 700--702
 | |
|           Jerome A. Feldman and   
 | |
|                James R. Low and   
 | |
|                     R. P. Brent   Comment on Brent's scatter storage
 | |
|                                   algorithm (and author's reply) . . . . . 703--703
 | |
|                       E. Wegner   Tree-structured programs . . . . . . . . 704--705
 | |
|               Herbert E. Salzer   A recurrence scheme for converting from
 | |
|                                   one orthogonal expansion into another    705--707
 | |
|                      F. Stenger   An algorithm for the approximate
 | |
|                                   solution of Wiener-Hopf integral
 | |
|                                   equations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708--710
 | |
|                   L. W. Ehrlich   Solving the Biharmonic Equation in a
 | |
|                                   Square: a Direct Versus a Semidirect
 | |
|                                   Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711--714
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="16(12):December:1973">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 16,  Number 12, December, 1973
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                J. Daniel Couger   Curriculum Recommendations for
 | |
|                                   Undergraduate Programs in Information
 | |
|                                   Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727--749
 | |
|             Edgar H. Sibley and   
 | |
|                Robert W. Taylor   A Data Definition and Mapping Language   750--759
 | |
|                      M. Kubicek   ACM Algorithm 470: Linear Systems with
 | |
|                                   Almost Tridiagonal Matrix  . . . . . . . 760--761
 | |
|                     W. Gautschi   ACM Algorithm 471: Exponential Integrals 761--763
 | |
|               J. G. Herriot and   
 | |
|                   C. H. Reinsch   ACM Algorithm 472: Procedures for
 | |
|                                   Natural Spline Interpolation . . . . . . 763--768
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="17(1):January:1974">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 17,  Number 1, January, 1974
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                         G. Lyon   Syntax-directed least-errors analysis
 | |
|                                   for context-free languages: a practical
 | |
|                                   approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--14
 | |
|          Michael A. Malcolm and   
 | |
|                     John Palmer   A Fast Method For Solving a Class of
 | |
|                                   Tridiagonal Systems of Linear Equations  14--17
 | |
|                        H. Akima   A method of bivariate interpolation and
 | |
|                                   smooth surface fitting based on local
 | |
|                                   procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18--20
 | |
|             Norman E. Gibbs and   
 | |
|           William G. Poole, Jr.   Tridiagonalization by Permutations . . . 20--24
 | |
|                     R. Piessens   ACM Algorithm 473: Computation of
 | |
|                                   Legendre Series Coefficients . . . . . . 25--25
 | |
|                        H. Akima   ACM Algorithm 474: Bivariate
 | |
|                                   Interpolation and Smooth Surface Fitting
 | |
|                                   Based on Local Procedures  . . . . . . . 26--31
 | |
|          Ivan E. Sutherland and   
 | |
|                 Gary W. Hodgman   Reentrant Polygon Clipping . . . . . . . 32--42
 | |
|               P. J. H. King and   
 | |
|                   R. G. Johnson   Comments on the algorithms of Verhelst
 | |
|                                   for the conversion of limited-entry
 | |
|                                   decision tables to flowcharts (and
 | |
|                                   author's reply)  . . . . . . . . . . . . 43--45
 | |
|                   Gary D. Knott   A Numbering System for Combinations  . . 45--46
 | |
|                H. C. Lucas, Jr.   A CRT report generating system . . . . . 47--48
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="17(2):February:1974">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 17,  Number 2, February, 1974
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|       James B. Rothnie, Jr. and   
 | |
|                    Tomas Lozano   Attribute Based File Organization in a
 | |
|                                   Paged Memory Environment . . . . . . . . 63--69
 | |
|           B. W. Jordan, Jr. and   
 | |
|                   R. C. Barrett   A cell organized raster display for line
 | |
|                                   drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70--77
 | |
|             John S. Ramberg and   
 | |
|              Bruce W. Schmeiser   An Approximate Method for Generating
 | |
|                                   Asymmetric Random Variables  . . . . . . 78--82
 | |
|                  Leslie Lamport   The Parallel Execution of DO Loops . . . 83--93
 | |
|                Henry F. Ledgard   Production Systems: or can we do better
 | |
|                                   than BNF?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94--102
 | |
|                    Ben Wegbreit   The Synthesis of Loop Predicates . . . . 102--112
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="17(3):March:1974">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 17,  Number 3, March, 1974
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|              K. Sreenivasan and   
 | |
|                  A. J. Kleinman   On the Construction of a Representative
 | |
|                                   Synthetic Workload . . . . . . . . . . . 127--133
 | |
|                E. Balkovich and   
 | |
|                     W. Chiu and   
 | |
|                  L. Presser and   
 | |
|                         R. Wood   Dynamic Memory Repacking . . . . . . . . 133--138
 | |
|               Howard Lee Morgan   Optimal Space Allocation on Disk Storage
 | |
|                                   Devices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139--142
 | |
|                   Rudolf Loeser   Some Performance Tests of ``Quicksort''
 | |
|                                   and Descendants  . . . . . . . . . . . . 143--152
 | |
|                       T. Wright   Visible surface plotting program . . . . 152--157 (or 152--155??)
 | |
|                N. E. Bosten and   
 | |
|                  E. L. Battiste   Incomplete beta ratio  . . . . . . . . . 156--157
 | |
|               R. C. Barrett and   
 | |
|               B. W. Jordan, Jr.   Scan Conversion Algorithms for a Cell
 | |
|                                   Organized Raster Display . . . . . . . . 157--163
 | |
|               A. Frank Ackerman   Quadratic Search for Hash Tables of Size
 | |
|                                   $p^n$  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164--164
 | |
|                 Harold S. Stone   A note on a combinatorial problem of
 | |
|                                   Burnett and Coffman  . . . . . . . . . . 165--166
 | |
|                   Fred T. Krogh   Efficient Implementation of a Variable
 | |
|                                   Projection Algorithm for Nonlinear Least
 | |
|                                   Squares Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . 167--169
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="17(4):April:1974">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 17,  Number 4, April, 1974
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|               Jerome H. Saltzer   A Simple Linear Model of Demand Paging
 | |
|                                   Performance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181--186
 | |
|              M. A. Franklin and   
 | |
|                     R. K. Gupta   Computation of Page Fault Probability
 | |
|                                   from Program Transition Diagram  . . . . 186--191
 | |
|                   John W. Boyse   Execution Characteristics of Programs in
 | |
|                                   a Page-On-Demand System  . . . . . . . . 192--196
 | |
|                Graham Smith and   
 | |
|                   Ian M. Sefton   On Lions' Counter Example for Gotlieb's
 | |
|                                   Method for the Construction of School
 | |
|                                   Timetables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196--197
 | |
|                  Gary Lindstrom   Copying List Structures Using Bounded
 | |
|                                   Workspace  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198--202
 | |
|                     Shimon Even   Parallelism in Tape-Sorting  . . . . . . 202--204
 | |
|            H. C. Lucas, Jr. and   
 | |
|            D. B. Montgomery and   
 | |
|                  J. C. Larreche   A study of computer use in a graduate
 | |
|                                   school of business . . . . . . . . . . . 205--206
 | |
|               Peter Freeman and   
 | |
|          Michael A. Malcolm and   
 | |
|                William H. Payne   Graduate Education: The Ph.D. Glut:
 | |
|                                   Response and Rebuttal  . . . . . . . . . 206--207
 | |
|              T. D. Sterling and   
 | |
|                   S. V. Pollack   Ideal teaching machines --- a solution
 | |
|                                   to the pedagogic language problem  . . . 207--208
 | |
|                  P. W. Abrahams   Some remarks on lookup of structured
 | |
|                                   variables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209--210
 | |
|                      A. Balfour   An alternative approach to mutual
 | |
|                                   recursion in Algol 60 using restricted
 | |
|                                   compilers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210--210
 | |
|                R. C. T. Lee and   
 | |
|                 C. L. Chang and   
 | |
|                 R. J. Waldinger   An Improved Program-Synthesizing
 | |
|                                   Algorithm and its Correctness  . . . . . 211--217
 | |
|                     A. K. Cline   Scalar- and planar-valued curve fitting
 | |
|                                   using splines under tension. I . . . . . 218--220
 | |
|                     A. K. Cline   ACM Algorithm 476: Six Subprograms for
 | |
|                                   Curve Fitting Using Splines Under
 | |
|                                   Tension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220--223 (or 220--221??)
 | |
|                      G. Ehrlich   ACM Algorithm 477: Generator of
 | |
|                                   Set-Partitions to Exactly ${R}$ Subsets  224--225
 | |
|                    B. Einarsson   Solution of the transcendental equation
 | |
|                                   we/sup w/=x  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225--225
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="17(5):May:1974">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 17,  Number 5, May, 1974
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                       Mary Shaw   Reduction of Compilation Costs Through
 | |
|                                   Language Contraction . . . . . . . . . . 245--250
 | |
|                    Ben Wegbreit   The treatment of data types in EL1 . . . 251--264
 | |
|                Robert A. Wagner   Order-$n$ Correction for Regular
 | |
|                                   Languages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265--268
 | |
|                   Nai Kuan Tsao   On the Distributions of Significant
 | |
|                                   Digits and Roundoff Errors . . . . . . . 269--271
 | |
|            M. C. Wunderlich and   
 | |
|                 J. L. Selfridge   Design for a Number Theory Package with
 | |
|                                   an Optimized Trial Division Routine  . . 272--276
 | |
|             W. M. Gentleman and   
 | |
|                  S. B. Marovich   More on Algorithms that Reveal
 | |
|                                   Properties of Floating Point Arithmetic
 | |
|                                   Units  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276--277
 | |
|                  D. E. Gold and   
 | |
|                      D. J. Kuck   A Model for Masking Rotational Latency
 | |
|                                   by Dynamic Disk Allocation . . . . . . . 278--288
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="17(6):June:1974">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 17,  Number 6, June, 1974
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|               Jacques Cohen and   
 | |
|                  Carl Zuckerman   Two Languages for Estimating Program
 | |
|                                   Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301--308
 | |
|                 L. Henschen and   
 | |
|            Ross A. Overbeek and   
 | |
|                          L. Wos   A Theorem-Proving Language for
 | |
|                                   Experimentation  . . . . . . . . . . . . 308--314
 | |
|                 James F. Gimpel   The minimization of
 | |
|                                   spatially-multiplexed character sets . . 315--318
 | |
|                I. Barrodale and   
 | |
|                F. D. K. Roberts   ACM Algorithm 478: Solution of an
 | |
|                                   Overdetermined System of Equations in
 | |
|                                   the ${L_1}$ Norm . . . . . . . . . . . . 319--320
 | |
|                      R. L. Page   ACM Algorithm 479: A Minimal Spanning
 | |
|                                   Tree Clustering Method . . . . . . . . . 321--323
 | |
|                      B. Gaither   Hidden-line plotting program . . . . . . 324--324
 | |
|                     R. Piessens   Calculation of Fourier integrals . . . . 324--324
 | |
|                     R. Piessens   Modified Havie integration . . . . . . . 324--324
 | |
|                  T. M. R. Ellis   Hidden-line plotting program . . . . . . 324--325
 | |
|                      R. L. Page   Generation of random correlated normal
 | |
|                                   variables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325--325
 | |
|                   D. M. Boulton   Exact probabilities for R*C contingency
 | |
|                                   tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326--326
 | |
|                     W. D. Slysz   An evaluation of software in the social
 | |
|                                   sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326--332
 | |
|                  John Adams and   
 | |
|                       John Gary   Compact Representation of Contour Plots
 | |
|                                   for Phone Line Transmission  . . . . . . 333--336
 | |
|                     W. Wulf and   
 | |
|                    E. Cohen and   
 | |
|                   W. Corwin and   
 | |
|                    A. Jones and   
 | |
|                    R. Levin and   
 | |
|                  C. Pierson and   
 | |
|                      F. Pollack   HYDRA: The Kernel of a Multiprocessor
 | |
|                                   Operating System . . . . . . . . . . . . 337--345
 | |
|               Ian J. Barton and   
 | |
|            Susan E. Creasey and   
 | |
|            Michael F. Lynch and   
 | |
|                Michael J. Snell   An Information-Theoretic Approach to
 | |
|                                   Text Searching in Direct Access Systems  345--350
 | |
|                  Edward Minieka   On Computing Sets of Shortest Paths in a
 | |
|                                   Graph  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351--353
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="17(7):July:1974">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 17,  Number 7, July, 1974
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|           Dennis M. Ritchie and   
 | |
|                    Ken Thompson   The UNIX Time-Sharing System . . . . . . 365--375
 | |
|                Samuel H. Fuller   Minimal-Total-Processing Time Drum and
 | |
|                                   Disk Scheduling Disciplines  . . . . . . 376--381
 | |
|                    J. Bruno and   
 | |
|          E. G. Coffman, Jr. and   
 | |
|                        R. Sethi   Scheduling Independent Tasks To Reduce
 | |
|                                   Mean Finishing Time  . . . . . . . . . . 382--387
 | |
|               Jerome H. Saltzer   Protection and the Control of
 | |
|                                   Information Sharing in Multics . . . . . 388--402
 | |
|                     R. S. Fabry   Capability-Based Addressing  . . . . . . 403--412
 | |
|             Gerald J. Popek and   
 | |
|              Robert P. Goldberg   Formal Requirements for Virtualizable
 | |
|                                   Third Generation Architectures . . . . . 412--421
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="17(8):August:1974">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 17,  Number 8, August, 1974
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                      Bruce Hahn   A New Technique for Compression and
 | |
|                                   Storage of Data  . . . . . . . . . . . . 434--436
 | |
|           Arthur Evans, Jr. and   
 | |
|          William Kantrowitz and   
 | |
|                     Edwin Weiss   A User Authentication Scheme Not
 | |
|                                   Requiring Secrecy in the Computer  . . . 437--442
 | |
|                 George B. Purdy   A High Security Log-in Procedure . . . . 442--445
 | |
|        Theodore D. Friedman and   
 | |
|                Lance J. Hoffman   Execution Time Requirements for
 | |
|                                   Encipherment Programs  . . . . . . . . . 445--449
 | |
|               G. A. Neufeld and   
 | |
|                       J. Tartar   Graph Coloring Conditions for the
 | |
|                                   Existence of Solutions to the Timetable
 | |
|                                   Problem  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450--453
 | |
|                  Leslie Lamport   A New Solution of Dijkstra's Concurrent
 | |
|                                   Programming Problem  . . . . . . . . . . 453--455
 | |
|                John C. Cavouras   On the Conversion of Programs to
 | |
|                                   Decision Tables: Method and Objectives   456--462
 | |
|                    T. Lyche and   
 | |
|                 L. L. Schumaker   ACM Algorithm 480: Procedures for
 | |
|                                   Computing Smoothing and Interpolating
 | |
|                                   Natural Splines  . . . . . . . . . . . . 463--467
 | |
|                  K. C. Crandall   ACM Algorithm 481: Arrow to Precedence
 | |
|                                   Network Transformation . . . . . . . . . 467--469
 | |
|                  John McKay and   
 | |
|                      E. Regener   ACM Algorithm 482: Transitivity Sets
 | |
|                                   [G7] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470--470
 | |
|                    A. H. Stroud   Gauss Harmonic Interpolation Formulas    471--475
 | |
|            Rolf O. E. Lagerloef   Interpolation with Rounded Ramp
 | |
|                                   Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476--479
 | |
|                 Forman S. Acton   Recurrence Relations for the Fresnel
 | |
|                                   Integral
 | |
|                                   $\int_0^\infty[\exp(-ct)dt/(t)^{1/2}(1+t^2)]$ and Similar Integrals  480--481
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="17(9):September:1974">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 17,  Number 9, September, 1974
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                   I. M. Willers   A New Integration Algorithm for Ordinary
 | |
|                                   Differential Equations Based on
 | |
|                                   Continued Fraction Approximations  . . . 504--508
 | |
|                   Oliver Aberth   A Precise Numerical Analysis Program . . 509--513
 | |
|                  To-yat. Cheung   Interactive Graphic Display for Region
 | |
|                                   Partitioning by Linear Programming . . . 513--516
 | |
|                Mario Schkolnick   The Equivalence of Reducing Transition
 | |
|                                   Languages and Deterministic Languages    517--519
 | |
|                   S. L. Watkins   ACM Algorithm 483: Masked
 | |
|                                   Three-Dimensional Plot Program with
 | |
|                                   Rotations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520--523
 | |
|                   K. H. Burrell   ACM Algorithm 484: Evaluation of the
 | |
|                                   Modified Bessel Functions ${K}_0(z)$ and
 | |
|                                   ${K}_1(z)$ for Complex Arguments . . . . 524--526
 | |
|                H. D. Eidson and   
 | |
|                 L. L. Schumaker   ACM Algorithm 485: Computation of
 | |
|                                   $g$-Splines via a Factorization Method   526--530
 | |
|                   John W. Young   A First Order Approximation to the
 | |
|                                   Optimum Checkpoint Interval  . . . . . . 530--531
 | |
|                  Keith Shwayder   Extending the Information Theory
 | |
|                                   Approach to Converting Limited-Entry
 | |
|                                   Decision Tables to Computer Programs . . 532--537
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="17(10):October:1974">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 17,  Number 10, October, 1974
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                  C. A. R. Hoare   Monitors: An Operating System
 | |
|                                   Structuring Concept  . . . . . . . . . . 549--557
 | |
|             Kenneth K. Shen and   
 | |
|               James L. Peterson   A Weighted Buddy Method for Dynamic
 | |
|                                   Storage Allocation . . . . . . . . . . . 558--568 (or 558--562??)
 | |
|                 D. R. Slutz and   
 | |
|                   I. L. Traiger   A note on the calculation of average
 | |
|                                   working set size . . . . . . . . . . . . 563--565
 | |
|             Ben Shneiderman and   
 | |
|               Peter Scheuermann   Structured Data Structures . . . . . . . 566--574
 | |
|               R. H. Canaday and   
 | |
|              R. D. Harrison and   
 | |
|                  E. L. Ivie and   
 | |
|                 J. L. Ryder and   
 | |
|                      L. A. Wehr   A Back-end Computer for Data Base
 | |
|                                   Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575--583 (or 575--582??)
 | |
|                  A. Charnes and   
 | |
|                 W. M. Raike and   
 | |
|                 J. D. Stutz and   
 | |
|                   A. S. Walters   On Generation of Test Problems for
 | |
|                                   Linear Programming Codes . . . . . . . . 583--587 (or 583--586??)
 | |
|                      F. Veillon   ACM Algorithm 486: Numerical Inversion
 | |
|                                   of Laplace Transform . . . . . . . . . . 587--589 (or 587--588??)
 | |
|                    H. Koppelaar   Certification and remark on algorithm
 | |
|                                   191  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589--590
 | |
|                     L. G. Proll   A computer routine for quadratic and
 | |
|                                   linear programming problems  . . . . . . 590--590
 | |
|                   J. Klemes and   
 | |
|                       J. Klemsa   Rosenbrock function minimization . . . . 590--591
 | |
|                   Fred T. Krogh   Errata: ``Efficient Implementation of a
 | |
|                                   Variable Projection Algorithm for
 | |
|                                   Nonlinear Least Squares''  . . . . . . . 591--591
 | |
|             Bruce Gilchrist and   
 | |
|                Richard E. Weber   Enumerating Full-Time Programmers  . . . 592--593
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="17(11):November:1974">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 17,  Number 11, November, 1974
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|             Theodor D. Sterling   Guidelines for Humanizing Computerized
 | |
|                                   Information Systems, A Report from
 | |
|                                   Stanley House  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609--613
 | |
|                Domenico Ferrari   Improving Locality by Critical Working
 | |
|                                   Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614--620
 | |
|             Perry Lowell Miller   A locally-organized parser for spoken
 | |
|                                   input  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621--630
 | |
|                   Gary M. Rader   Method for Composing Simple Traditional
 | |
|                                   Music by Computer  . . . . . . . . . . . 631--638
 | |
|             R. A. Freiburghouse   Register Allocation via Usage Counts . . 638--642
 | |
|                  E. W. Dijkstra   Self-stabilizing Systems in Spite of
 | |
|                                   Distributed Control  . . . . . . . . . . 643--644
 | |
|                 J. A. Brown and   
 | |
|                       B. Werner   An on-site data management system
 | |
|                                   application in field archaeology . . . . 644--646
 | |
|                    D. R. Hanson   A simple technique for representing
 | |
|                                   strings in Fortran IV  . . . . . . . . . 646--647
 | |
|            C. J. Van Rijsbergen   The best-match problem in document
 | |
|                                   retrieval  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648--649
 | |
|                     R. V. Evans   Multiple exits from a loop using neither
 | |
|                                   GO TO nor labels . . . . . . . . . . . . 650--650
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="17(12):December:1974">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 17,  Number 12, December, 1974
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                 Donald E. Knuth   Computer Programming as an Art . . . . . 667--673
 | |
|               Laurance I. Press   Arguments for a Moratorium on the
 | |
|                                   Construction of a Community Information
 | |
|                                   Utility  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674--678
 | |
|                   J. C. Strauss   An analytic model of the Hasp execution
 | |
|                                   task monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679--685
 | |
|              Thomas L. Adam and   
 | |
|                K. M. Chandy and   
 | |
|                   J. R. Dickson   A Comparison of List Schedules for
 | |
|                                   Parallel Processing Systems  . . . . . . 685--690
 | |
|                   N. D. Wallace   Computer Generation of Gamma Random
 | |
|                                   Variates with Non-Integral Shape
 | |
|                                   Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691--695
 | |
|                  A. Salazar and   
 | |
|                   R. V. Oakford   A Graph Formulation of a School
 | |
|                                   Scheduling Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . 696--698
 | |
|             Sherwood C. Chu and   
 | |
|                    Mones Berman   An Exponential Method for the Solution
 | |
|                                   of Systems of Ordinary Differential
 | |
|                                   Equations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699--702
 | |
|                     J. Pomeranz   ACM Algorithm 487: Exact Cumulative
 | |
|                                   Distribution of the Kolmogorov-Smirnov
 | |
|                                   Statistic for Small Samples  . . . . . . 703--704
 | |
|                     R. P. Brent   ACM Algorithm 488: A Gaussian
 | |
|                                   pseudo-random number generator [G5]  . . 704--706 (or 704--705??)
 | |
|              C. William Skinner   Heuristic Approach to Inductive
 | |
|                                   Inference in Fact Retrieval Systems  . . 707--712
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="21(1):January:1974">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 21,  Number 1, January, 1974
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                        D. Mitra   Some Aspects of Hierarchical Memory
 | |
|                                   Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54--65
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="6(10):October:1975">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 6,  Number 10, October, 1975
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                 R. E. Millstein   Control Structures in Illiac IV Fortran  157--164
 | |
|                 T. Sterling and   
 | |
|                      V. Lum and   
 | |
|                      N. Shu and   
 | |
|                       B. Housel   <EM>CONVERT\/</EM>: A High Level Translation
 | |
|                                   Definition Language for Data Conversion  557--567
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="18(1):January:1975">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 18,  Number 1, January, 1975
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                  Aaron Finerman   Professionalism in the Computing Field   4--9
 | |
|                     F. L. Bauer   Positivity and Norms . . . . . . . . . . 9--13
 | |
|                       John Todd   The Lemniscate Constants . . . . . . . . 14--19
 | |
|                   G. Peters and   
 | |
|                 J. H. Wilkinson   On the Stability of Gauss-Jordan
 | |
|                                   Elimination with Pivoting  . . . . . . . 20--24
 | |
|                Garrett Birkhoff   Two Hadamard Numbers for Matrices  . . . 25--29
 | |
|                A. van der Sluis   Perturbations of Eigenvalues of
 | |
|                                   Non-Normal Matrices  . . . . . . . . . . 30--36
 | |
|               Marvin Marcus and   
 | |
|                Herbert Robinson   Elementary Divisors of Tensor Products   36--39
 | |
|              Magnus R. Hestenes   Pseudoinverses and Conjugate Gradients   40--43
 | |
|                 Harlan D. Mills   The New Math of Computer Programming . . 43--48
 | |
|               Tien Chi Chen and   
 | |
|                    Irving T. Ho   Storage-Efficient Representation of
 | |
|                                   Decimal Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49--52
 | |
|                  Werner Liniger   Connections Between Accuracy and
 | |
|                                   Stability Properties of Linear Multistep
 | |
|                                   Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53--56
 | |
|               Richard J. Hanson   Stably Updating Mean and Standard
 | |
|                                   Deviation of Data  . . . . . . . . . . . 57--58
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="18(2):February:1975">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 18,  Number 2, February, 1975
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                   John McCarthy   Proposed Criterion for a Cipher to be
 | |
|                                   Probable-Word Proof  . . . . . . . . . .   ??
 | |
|               G. J. Burnett and   
 | |
|              E. G. Coffman, Jr.   Analysis of Interleaved Memory Systems
 | |
|                                   Using Blockage Buffers . . . . . . . . . 91--95
 | |
|                 Neil M. Goldman   Sentence Paraphrasing from a Conceptual
 | |
|                                   Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96--106
 | |
|        Gordon J. VanderBrug and   
 | |
|                     Jack Minker   State-Space, Problem-Reduction, and
 | |
|                                   Theorem Proving --- Some Relationships   107--115
 | |
|               Carolyn Kimme and   
 | |
|                Dana Ballard and   
 | |
|                   Jack Sklansky   Finding Circles by an Array of
 | |
|                                   Accumulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120--122
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="18(3):March:1975">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 18,  Number 3, March, 1975
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|              H. C. Johnston and   
 | |
|                  C. A. R. Hoare   Matrix Reduction --- an Efficient Method
 | |
|                                   (school timetables)  . . . . . . . . . . 141--150
 | |
|          Brian W. Kernighan and   
 | |
|               Lorinda L. Cherry   A System for Typesetting Mathematics . . 151--157
 | |
|                D. H. Lawrie and   
 | |
|                   T. Layman and   
 | |
|                     D. Baer and   
 | |
|                    J. M. Randal   GLYPNIR --- A programming language for
 | |
|                                   Illiac IV  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157--164
 | |
|             Robert W. Floyd and   
 | |
|                Ronald L. Rivest   Expected Time Bounds for Selection . . . 165--172
 | |
|                 R. W. Floyd and   
 | |
|                    R. L. Rivest   ACM Algorithm 489: The Algorithm SELECT
 | |
|                                   -- for Finding the $i$th Smallest of $n$
 | |
|                                   Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173--173
 | |
|               A. M. Erisman and   
 | |
|                    W. F. Tinney   On Computing Certain Elements of the
 | |
|                                   Inverse of a Sparse Matrix . . . . . . . 177--179
 | |
|                  L. F. Shampine   Discrete Least Squares Polynomial Fits   179--180
 | |
|                A. van der Sluis   Corrigendum: ``Perturbations of
 | |
|                                   eigenvalues of non-normal matrices'' . .  180
 | |
|                    D. L. Parnas   On a Solution to the Cigarette Smoker's
 | |
|                                   Problem (Without Conditional Statements) 181--183
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="18(4):April:1975">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 18,  Number 4, April, 1975
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|            Jack A. Chambers and   
 | |
|                    Ray V. Poore   Computer Networks in Higher Education:
 | |
|                                   Socio-Economic-Political Factors . . . . 193--199
 | |
|              E. S. Ginsberg and   
 | |
|                   D. Zaborowski   ACM Algorithm 490: The Dilogarithm
 | |
|                                   Function of a Real Argument  . . . . . . 200--202
 | |
|                  K. K. Shen and   
 | |
|                  J. L. Peterson   Corrigendum: ``A Weighted Buddy Method
 | |
|                                   for Dynamic Storage Allocation'' . . . . 202--202
 | |
|                    Graham Smith   On Maintenance of the Opportunity List
 | |
|                                   for Class-Teacher Timetable Problems . . 203--208
 | |
|                     I. C. Braid   The Synthesis of Solids Bounded by Many
 | |
|                                   Faces  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209--216
 | |
|               Vladimir Batagelj   Quadratic Hash Method When the Table
 | |
|                                   Size is not a Prime Number . . . . . . . 216--217
 | |
|            Henry S. Warren, Jr.   A Modification of Warshall's Algorithm
 | |
|                                   for the Transitive Closure of Binary
 | |
|                                   Relations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218--220
 | |
|                  James A. Hinds   Algorithm for Locating Adjacent Storage
 | |
|                                   Blocks in the Buddy System . . . . . . . 221--222
 | |
|             Jean G. Vaucher and   
 | |
|                    Pierre Duval   A Comparison of Simulation Event List
 | |
|                                   Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223--230
 | |
|          Robert R. Korfhage and   
 | |
|                 David W. Matula   On Salazar and Oakford . . . . . . . . . 240--240
 | |
|            Michael R. Garey and   
 | |
|                David S. Johnson   On Salazar and Oakford . . . . . . . . . 240--241
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="18(5):May:1975">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 18,  Number 5, May, 1975
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                 David A. Fisher   Copying Cyclic List Structures in Linear
 | |
|                                   Time Using Bounded Workspace . . . . . . 251--252
 | |
|             Alfonso F. Cardenas   Analysis and Performance of Inverted
 | |
|                                   Data Base Structures . . . . . . . . . . 253--263
 | |
|                    Yorick Wilks   An intelligent analyzer and understander
 | |
|                                   of English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264--274
 | |
|                     N. E. Gibbs   ACM Algorithm 491: Basic Cycle
 | |
|                                   Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275--276 (or 275--275??)
 | |
|                 D. J. Evans and   
 | |
|                  M. Hatzopoulos   A note on the LU factorization of a
 | |
|                                   symmetric matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . 278--279
 | |
|                       B. L. Fox   More on $k$th Shortest Paths . . . . . . 279--279
 | |
|                 A. I. Wasserman   A problem-list of public policy issues
 | |
|                                   concerning computers and health care . . 279--280
 | |
|                 Harlan D. Mills   Corrigendum: ``The New Math of Computer
 | |
|                                   Programming''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280--280
 | |
|              Steven L. Horowitz   Syntactic Algorithm for Peak Detection
 | |
|                                   in Waveforms with Applications to
 | |
|                                   Cardiography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281--285
 | |
|          Charles E. Pfefferkorn   Heuristic Problem Solving Design System
 | |
|                                   for Equipment or Furniture Layouts . . . 286--297
 | |
|          Robert R. Korfhage and   
 | |
|                 David W. Matula   More on the Salazar and Oakford Paper    303--303
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="18(6):June:1975">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 18,  Number 6, June, 1975
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                     N. E. Gibbs   ACM Algorithm 492: Generation of All the
 | |
|                                   Cycles of a Graph from a Set of Basic
 | |
|                                   Cycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310--310
 | |
|                 Bui Tuong Phong   Illumination for Computer Generated
 | |
|                                   Pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311--317
 | |
|                   V. Y. Lum and   
 | |
|                 M. E. Senko and   
 | |
|                  C. P. Wang and   
 | |
|                         H. Ling   A Cost Oriented Algorithm for Data Set
 | |
|                                   Allocation in Storage Hierarchies  . . . 318--322
 | |
|              Alan F. Babich and   
 | |
|                 John Grason and   
 | |
|                 David L. Parnas   Significant Event Simulation . . . . . . 323--329
 | |
|              Robert B. K. Dewar   Indirect Threaded Code . . . . . . . . . 330--331
 | |
|                Ben Cranston and   
 | |
|                     Rick Thomas   Simplified Recombination Scheme for the
 | |
|                                   Fibonacci Buddy System . . . . . . . . . 331--332
 | |
|               Alfred V. Aho and   
 | |
|            Margaret J. Corasick   Efficient String Matching: an Aid to
 | |
|                                   Bibliographic Search . . . . . . . . . . 333--340
 | |
|                D. S. Hirschberg   A Linear Space Algorithm for Computing
 | |
|                                   Maximal Common Subsequences  . . . . . . 341--343
 | |
|                   Stephen Soule   Addition in an Arbitrary Base Without
 | |
|                                   Radix Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . 344--346
 | |
|                L. H. Harper and   
 | |
|                 T. H. Payne and   
 | |
|                J. E. Savage and   
 | |
|                       E. Straus   Sorting $X + Y$  . . . . . . . . . . . . 347--350 (or 347--349??)
 | |
|                   F. Paul Wyman   Improved Event-Scanning Mechanisms for
 | |
|                                   Discrete Event Simulation  . . . . . . . 350--353
 | |
|             Donald E. Knuth and   
 | |
|            Charles T. Zahn, Jr.   Ill-Chosen Use of ``Event''  . . . . . . 360--360
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="18(7):July:1975">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 18,  Number 7, July, 1975
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                  P. J. Courtois   Decomposability, Instabilities, and
 | |
|                                   Saturation in Multiprogramming Systems   371--377
 | |
|                   Soren Lauesen   A large semaphore based operating system 377--389
 | |
|                 Naomi Sager and   
 | |
|                  Ralph Grishman   Restriction Language for Computer
 | |
|                                   Grammars of Natural Language . . . . . . 390--400
 | |
|                D. L. Parnas and   
 | |
|                 D. P. Siewiorek   Use of the Concept of Transparency in
 | |
|                                   the Design of Hierarchically Structured
 | |
|                                   Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401--408
 | |
|                  H. Freeman and   
 | |
|                      R. Shapira   Determining the Minimum-Area Encasing
 | |
|                                   Rectangle for an Arbitrary Closed Curve  409--413
 | |
|                Daniel G. Bobrow   A Note on Hash Linking . . . . . . . . . 413--415
 | |
|                 R. E. Weber and   
 | |
|                    B. Gilchrist   Discrimination in the employment of
 | |
|                                   women in the computer industry . . . . . 416--418
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="18(8):August:1975">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 18,  Number 8, August, 1975
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                   John E. Shore   On the External Storage Fragmentation
 | |
|                                   Produced by First-Fit and Best-Fit
 | |
|                                   Allocation Strategies  . . . . . . . . . 433--440
 | |
|                   A. V. Aho and   
 | |
|               S. C. Johnson and   
 | |
|                    J. D. Ullman   Deterministic Parsing of Ambiguous
 | |
|                                   Grammars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441--452
 | |
|              Edsger W. Dijkstra   Guarded Commands, Nondeterminacy and
 | |
|                                   Formal Derivation of Programs  . . . . . 453--457
 | |
|                    L. W. Cotton   Remark on stably updating mean and
 | |
|                                   standard deviation of data . . . . . . . 458--458
 | |
|           Stuart C. Shapiro and   
 | |
|               Stanley C. Kwasny   Interactive Consulting via Natural
 | |
|                                   Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459--462
 | |
|                       John Todd   Corrigendum: ``The Lemniscate
 | |
|                                   Constants''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462--462
 | |
|               J. G. Vaucher and   
 | |
|                        P. Duval   Corrigendum: ``A comparison of
 | |
|                                   simulation event list algorithms'' . . . 462--462
 | |
|                     A. J. Smith   Comments on a paper by T. C. Chen and I.
 | |
|                                   T. Ho  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463--463
 | |
|                  Sakti P. Ghosh   Consecutive Storage of Relevant Records
 | |
|                                   with Redundancy  . . . . . . . . . . . . 464--471
 | |
|                  Leslie Lamport   Multiple Byte Processing with Full-Word
 | |
|                                   Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471--475
 | |
|                  Keith Shwayder   Combining Decision Rules in a Decision
 | |
|                                   Table  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476--480
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="18(9):September:1975">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 18,  Number 9, September, 1975
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|              Guy L. Steele, Jr.   Multiprocessing Compactifying Garbage
 | |
|                                   Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495--508
 | |
|               Jon Louis Bentley   Multidimensional Binary Search Trees
 | |
|                                   Used for Associative Searching . . . . . 509--517
 | |
|                R. Mark Claudson   Digital Simulation of River Plankton
 | |
|                                   Population Dynamics  . . . . . . . . . . 517--523
 | |
|            William F. Piepmeier   Optimal Balancing of I/O Requests to
 | |
|                                   Disks  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524--527
 | |
|                    Ben Wegbreit   Mechanical Program Analysis  . . . . . . 528--539
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="18(10):October:1975">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 18,  Number 10, October, 1975
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                   Rob Gerritsen   A Preliminary System for the Design of
 | |
|                                   DBTG Data Structures . . . . . . . . . . 551--557
 | |
|                  Nan C. Shu and   
 | |
|            Barron C. Housel and   
 | |
|                  Vincent Y. Lum   CONVERT: A High Level Translation
 | |
|                                   Definition Language for Data Conversion  557--567
 | |
|            John Miles Smith and   
 | |
|           Philip Yen-Tang Chang   Optimizing the Performance of a
 | |
|                                   Relational Algebra Data Base Interface   568--579
 | |
|              M. M. Astrahan and   
 | |
|                D. D. Chamberlin   Implementation of a Structured English
 | |
|                                   Query Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580--588
 | |
|                   Fanica Gavril   Merging with Parallel Processors . . . . 588--591
 | |
|                   M. Reiser and   
 | |
|                    H. Kobayashi   Horner's Rule for the Evaluation of
 | |
|                                   General Closed Queueing Networks . . . . 592--593
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="18(11):November:1975">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 18,  Number 11, November, 1975
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                   G. Salton and   
 | |
|                     A. Wong and   
 | |
|                      C. S. Yang   A Vector Space Model for Automatic
 | |
|                                   Indexing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613--620
 | |
|            Raymond F. Boyce and   
 | |
|        Donald D. Chamberlin and   
 | |
|          W. Frank King, III and   
 | |
|               Michael M. Hammer   Specifying Queries as Relational
 | |
|                                   Expressions: The Square Data Sublanguage 621--628
 | |
|            Henry F. Ledgard and   
 | |
|                Michael Marcotty   A genealogy of control structures  . . . 629--639
 | |
|             Susan L. Graham and   
 | |
|                Steven P. Rhodes   Practical Syntactic Error Recovery . . . 639--650 (or 639--649??)
 | |
|             James R. Bitner and   
 | |
|              Edward M. Reingold   Backtrack Programming Techniques . . . . 651--656
 | |
|             Lawrence T. Kou and   
 | |
|                      C. K. Wong   A Note on the Set Basis Problem Related
 | |
|                                   to the Compaction of Character Sets  . . 656--657
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="18(12):December:1975">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 18,  Number 12, December, 1975
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                      Peter Naur   Programming Languages, Natural
 | |
|                                   Languages, and Mathematics . . . . . . . 676--683
 | |
|              John B. Goodenough   Exception Handling: Issues and a
 | |
|                                   Proposed Notation  . . . . . . . . . . . 683--696
 | |
|              Mehdi Jazayeri and   
 | |
|            William F. Ogden and   
 | |
|               William C. Rounds   The Intrinsically Exponential Complexity
 | |
|                                   of the Circularity Problem for Attribute
 | |
|                                   Grammars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697--706
 | |
|          Harry B. Hunt, III and   
 | |
|         Thomas G. Szymanski and   
 | |
|               Jeffrey D. Ullman   On the Complexity of LR(k) Testing . . . 707--716
 | |
|             Susan L. Graham and   
 | |
|                     Mark Wegman   A fast and usually linear algorithm for
 | |
|                                   global flow analysis . . . . . . . . . . 716--716
 | |
|               Richard J. Lipton   Reduction: A Method of Proving
 | |
|                                   Properties of Parallel Programs  . . . . 717--721
 | |
|                  J. T. Schwartz   Automatic Data Structure Choice in a
 | |
|                                   Language of Very High Level  . . . . . . 722--728
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="19(1):January:1976">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 19,  Number 1, January, 1976
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|           Leonard Kleinrock and   
 | |
|           William E. Naylor and   
 | |
|                Holger Opderbeck   A Study of Line Overhead in the ARPANET  3--13
 | |
|                 Neil C. Wilhelm   An Anomaly in Disk Scheduling: A
 | |
|                                   Comparison of FCFS and SSTF Seek
 | |
|                                   Scheduling Using an Empirical Model for
 | |
|                                   Disk Accesses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13--18 (or 13--17??)
 | |
|                 Carson E. Agnew   On Quadratic Adaptive Routing Algorithms 18--22
 | |
|               P. L. Karlton and   
 | |
|                S. H. Fuller and   
 | |
|               R. E. Scroggs and   
 | |
|                   E. B. Kaehler   Performance of Height-Balanced Trees . . 23--28
 | |
|                 J. J. Florentin   Information Reference Coding . . . . . . 29--33
 | |
|          Charles R. Litecky and   
 | |
|                 Gordon B. Davis   Study of Errors, Error-Proneness, and
 | |
|                                   Error Diagnosis in Cobol . . . . . . . . 33--37
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="19(2):February:1976">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 19,  Number 2, February, 1976
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                 Donald E. Knuth   Errata: ``Ancient Babylonian
 | |
|                                   algorithms''
 | |
|              Gregor V. Bochmann   Semantic Evaluation from Left to Right   55--62
 | |
|                Ronald L. Rivest   On Self-Organizing Sequential Search
 | |
|                                   Heuristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63--67
 | |
|                      F. M. Ives   Permutation Enumeration: Four New
 | |
|                                   Permutation Algorithms . . . . . . . . . 68--72
 | |
|                Alberto Martelli   Application of Heuristic Search Methods
 | |
|                                   to Edge and Contour Detection  . . . . . 73--83
 | |
|                Kenneth F. Siler   A Stochastic Evaluation Model for
 | |
|                                   Database Organizations in Data Retrieval
 | |
|                                   Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84--95
 | |
|                    Ronald Fagin   A Counterintuitive Example of Computer
 | |
|                                   Paging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96--97
 | |
|                  Ehud Artzy and   
 | |
|              James A. Hinds and   
 | |
|                   Harry J. Saal   A Fast Division Technique for Constant
 | |
|                                   Divisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98--101
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="19(3):March:1976">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 19,  Number 3, March, 1976
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                Allen Newell and   
 | |
|                Herbert A. Simon   Computer Science as Empirical Inquiry:
 | |
|                                   Symbols and Search . . . . . . . . . . . 113--126
 | |
|               Jair M. Babad and   
 | |
|                Mario M. Modiano   Joining Policies in a Multipriority
 | |
|                                   Multiclass Batch Computer System . . . . 127--136
 | |
|                 F. E. Allen and   
 | |
|                        J. Cocke   A Program Data Flow Analysis Procedure   137--147 (or 137--146??)
 | |
|                  Naftaly Minski   Intentional Resolution of Privacy
 | |
|                                   Protection in Database Systems . . . . . 148--159
 | |
|                      M. Naftaly   Intentional resolution of privacy
 | |
|                                   protection in database systems . . . . . 148--159
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="19(4):April:1976">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 19,  Number 4, April, 1976
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                     O. R. Smoot   Development of an international system
 | |
|                                   for legal protection of computer
 | |
|                                   programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171--174
 | |
|                Bennet P. Lientz   A comparative evaluation of versions of
 | |
|                                   BASIC  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175--181
 | |
|                      J. Raymond   LG: A language for analytic geometry . . 182--187
 | |
|                    Ronald Fagin   Corrigendum: ``A Counterintuitive
 | |
|                                   Example of Computer Paging'' . . . . . .  187
 | |
|                 Shmuel Katz and   
 | |
|                     Zohar Manna   Logical Analysis of Programs . . . . . . 188--206
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="19(5):May:1976">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 19,  Number 5, May, 1976
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|              Dorothy E. Denning   A Lattice Model of Secure Information
 | |
|                                   Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236--243
 | |
|              Jonathan K. Millen   Security Kernel Validation in Practice   243--250
 | |
|           Butler W. Lampson and   
 | |
|               Howard E. Sturgis   Reflections on an Operating System
 | |
|                                   Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251--265
 | |
|             A. N. Habermann and   
 | |
|               Lawrence Flon and   
 | |
|                   Lee Cooprider   Modularization and Hierarchy in a Family
 | |
|                                   of Operating Systems . . . . . . . . . . 266--272
 | |
|                  John H. Howard   Proving Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . 273--279 (or 273--278??)
 | |
|                Susan Owicki and   
 | |
|                     David Gries   Verifying Properties of Parallel
 | |
|                                   Programs: An Axiomatic Approach  . . . . 279--285
 | |
|            A. Wayne Madison and   
 | |
|                  Alan P. Batson   Characteristics of Program Localities    285--294
 | |
|            Barton G. Prieve and   
 | |
|                     R. S. Fabry   VMIN --- an Optimal Variable-Space Page
 | |
|                                   Replacement Algorithm  . . . . . . . . . 295--297
 | |
|               Wesley W. Chu and   
 | |
|                Holger Opderbeck   Analysis of the PFF Replacement
 | |
|                                   Algorithm via a Semi-Markov Model  . . . 298--304
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="19(6):June:1976">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 19,  Number 6, June, 1976
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|               O. E. Taulbee and   
 | |
|                     S. D. Conte   Production and employment of Ph.D.'s in
 | |
|                                   computer science . . . . . . . . . . . . 311--313
 | |
|         Dennis G. Severance and   
 | |
|                Ricardo A. Duhne   A Practitioner's Guide to Addressing
 | |
|                                   Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314--326
 | |
|              Forest Baskett and   
 | |
|                  Alan Jay Smith   Interference in Multiprocessor Computer
 | |
|                                   Systems with Interleaved Memory  . . . . 327--334
 | |
|              Gideon Frieder and   
 | |
|                   Harry J. Saal   Process for the Determination of
 | |
|                                   Addresses in Variable Length Addressing  335--338
 | |
|                   David S. Wise   Referencing Lists by an Edge . . . . . . 338--342
 | |
|           Helmut Schumacher and   
 | |
|               Kenneth C. Sevcik   The synthetic approach to decision table
 | |
|                                   conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343--351
 | |
|                Douglas W. Clark   An Efficient List Moving Algorithm Using
 | |
|                                   constant Workspace . . . . . . . . . . . 352--354 (or 353--354??)
 | |
|              Guy L. Steele, Jr.   Corrigendum: ``Multiprocessing
 | |
|                                   Compactifying Garbage Collection'' . . . 354--354
 | |
|                   Gary D. Knott   A Numbering System for Permutations of
 | |
|                                   Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355--356
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="19(7):July:1976">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 19,  Number 7, July, 1976
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                 S. D. Conte and   
 | |
|                  M. H. Halstead   Technology of Computer Center
 | |
|                                   Management: a Proposed Course for
 | |
|                                   Graduate Professional Programs in
 | |
|                                   Computer Science or in Information
 | |
|                                   Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369--370
 | |
|                Robert M. Keller   Formal Verification of Parallel Programs 371--384
 | |
|                   James C. King   Symbolic Execution and Program Testing   385--394
 | |
|          Robert M. Metcalfe and   
 | |
|                  David R. Boggs   Ethernet: Distributed Packet Switching
 | |
|                                   for Local Computer Networks  . . . . . . 395--404
 | |
|             Cheng-Wen Cheng and   
 | |
|                     Jonas Rabin   Synthesis of Decision Rules  . . . . . . 404--406
 | |
|               George S. Fishman   Sampling from the Gamma-distribution on
 | |
|                                   a computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407--409
 | |
|                       Kurt Maly   Compressed Tries . . . . . . . . . . . . 409--415
 | |
|                   Warren Burton   A buddy system variation for disk
 | |
|                                   storage allocation . . . . . . . . . . . 416--417
 | |
|                    G. H. Gonnet   Heaps applied to event driven mechanisms 417--418
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="19(8):August:1976">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 19,  Number 8, August, 1976
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                 John J. Donovan   Tools and Philosophy for Software
 | |
|                                   Education  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430--436
 | |
|                   R. D. Tennent   The Denotational Semantics of
 | |
|                                   Programming Languages  . . . . . . . . . 437--453
 | |
|                  James H. Clark   Designing Surfaces in 3-D  . . . . . . . 454--460
 | |
|         Michael A. Harrison and   
 | |
|             Walter L. Ruzzo and   
 | |
|               Jeffrey D. Ullman   Protection in Operating Systems  . . . . 461--471
 | |
|                D. S. Hirschberg   An Insertion Technique for One-Sided
 | |
|                                   Height-Balanced Trees  . . . . . . . . . 471--473
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="19(9):September:1976">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 19,  Number 9, September, 1976
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|               Wesley W. Chu and   
 | |
|                Holger Opderbeck   Corrigendum: ``Analysis of the PFF
 | |
|                                   replacement algorithm via a semi-Markov
 | |
|                                   model''
 | |
|                    Ben Wegbreit   Corrigendum: ``Faster Retrieval from
 | |
|                                   Context Trees''  . . . . . . . . . . . .   ??
 | |
|                Philip L. Wadler   Analysis of an Algorithm for Real Time
 | |
|                                   Garbage Collection . . . . . . . . . . . 491--500
 | |
|                     Chee K. Yap   New Upper Bounds for Selection . . . . . 501--508
 | |
|                 Michael C. Loui   Weighted Derivation Trees  . . . . . . . 509--513
 | |
|               Kenneth G. Walter   Recursion Analysis for Compiler
 | |
|                                   Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514--516
 | |
|             James R. Bitner and   
 | |
|              Gideon Ehrlich and   
 | |
|              Edward M. Reingold   Efficient Generation of the Binary
 | |
|                                   Reflected Gray Code and Its Applications 517--521
 | |
|            L. Peter Deutsch and   
 | |
|                Daniel G. Bobrow   An Efficient, Incremental, Automatic
 | |
|                                   Garbage Collector  . . . . . . . . . . . 522--526
 | |
|                    Ben Wegbreit   Faster Retrieval from Context Trees  . . 526--529
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="19(10):October:1976">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 19,  Number 10, October, 1976
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|              James F. Blinn and   
 | |
|                Martin E. Newell   Texture and Reflection in Computer
 | |
|                                   Generated Images . . . . . . . . . . . . 542--547
 | |
|                  James H. Clark   Hierarchical Geometric Models for
 | |
|                                   Visible Surface Algorithms . . . . . . . 547--554
 | |
|                 Joshua Z. Levin   A Parametric Algorithm for Drawing
 | |
|                                   Pictures of Solid Objects Composed of
 | |
|                                   Quadric Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . 555--563
 | |
|                  N. Burtnyk and   
 | |
|                         M. Wein   Interactive Skeleton Techniques for
 | |
|                                   Enhancing Motion Dynamics in Key Frame
 | |
|                                   Animation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564--569
 | |
|                  James W. Frane   The BMD and BMDP Series of Statistical
 | |
|                                   Computer Programs  . . . . . . . . . . . 570--576
 | |
|               C. Duong-Kien and   
 | |
|              H.-J. Hoffmann and   
 | |
|                         D. Muth   An improvement to Martin's algorithm for
 | |
|                                   computation of linear precedence
 | |
|                                   functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576--577
 | |
|  Richard G. Montanelli, Jr. and   
 | |
|                Sandra A. Mamrak   Status of Women and Minorities in
 | |
|                                   Academic Computer Science  . . . . . . . 578--581
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="19(11):November:1976">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 19,  Number 11, November, 1976
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                      D. T. Ross   Homilies for humble standards (computer
 | |
|                                   applications)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595--600
 | |
|            Henry F. Ledgard and   
 | |
|                 William C. Cave   Cobol Under Control  . . . . . . . . . . 601--608
 | |
|            Thomas R. Wilcox and   
 | |
|               Alan M. Davis and   
 | |
|              Michael H. Tindall   Design and Implementation of a Table
 | |
|                                   Driven, Interactive Diagnostic
 | |
|                                   Programming System . . . . . . . . . . . 609--616
 | |
|                     Frank Rubin   Experiments in Text File Compression . . 617--623 (or 617--622??)
 | |
|               K. P. Eswaran and   
 | |
|                  J. N. Gray and   
 | |
|                 R. A. Lorie and   
 | |
|                   I. L. Traiger   The notions of consistency and predicate
 | |
|                                   locks in a database system . . . . . . . 624--633
 | |
|                 K. Maruyama and   
 | |
|                     S. E. Smith   Optimal Reorganization of Distributed
 | |
|                                   Space Disk Files . . . . . . . . . . . . 634--642
 | |
|               Richard G. Hamlet   High-Level Binding with Low-Level
 | |
|                                   Linkers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642--644
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="19(12):December:1976">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 19,  Number 12, December, 1976
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                  Jean E. Sammet   Roster of Programming Languages for
 | |
|                                   1974--75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655--669
 | |
|                  Bruce W. Arden   The Computer Science and Engineering
 | |
|                                   Research Study (COSERS)  . . . . . . . . 670--673
 | |
|        J. F. Nunamaker, Jr. and   
 | |
|      Benn R. Konsynski, Jr. and   
 | |
|                   Thomas Ho and   
 | |
|                     Carl Singer   Computer-Aided Analysis and Design of
 | |
|                                   Information Systems  . . . . . . . . . . 674--687
 | |
|             George Stockman and   
 | |
|                Laveen Kanal and   
 | |
|                      M. C. Kyle   Structural Pattern Recognition of
 | |
|                                   Carotid Pulse Waves Using a General
 | |
|                                   Waveform Parsing System  . . . . . . . . 688--695
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="20(1):January:1977">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 20,  Number 1, January, 1977
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                Allen van Gelder   Structured programming in COBOL: an
 | |
|                                   approach for application programmers . . 2--12
 | |
|          Richard H. Austing and   
 | |
|             Bruce H. Barnes and   
 | |
|                 Gerald L. Engel   A Survey of the Literature in Computer
 | |
|                                   Science Education Since Curriculum '68   13--21
 | |
|                   Jair M. Babad   A Record and File Partitioning Model . . 22--31 (or 22--30??)
 | |
|           Albert L. Zobrist and   
 | |
|       Frederick R. Carlson, Jr.   Detection of Combined Occurrences  . . . 31--36 (or 31--35??)
 | |
|                A. P. Batson and   
 | |
|                  R. E. Brundage   Segment Sizes and Lifetimes in Algol 60
 | |
|                                   Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36--44
 | |
|                     David Gries   On Believing Programs to be Correct  . . 49--50
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="20(2):February:1977">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 20,  Number 2, February, 1977
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                Mervin E. Muller   An Approach to Multidimensional Data
 | |
|                                   Array Processing by Computer . . . . . . 63--77
 | |
|            Douglas W. Clark and   
 | |
|                C. Cordell Green   An Empirical Study of List Structure in
 | |
|                                   LISP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78--87
 | |
|             F. P. Preparata and   
 | |
|                      S. J. Hong   Convex Hulls of Finite Sets of Points in
 | |
|                                   Two and Three Dimensions . . . . . . . . 87--93
 | |
|                M. C. Easton and   
 | |
|                   B. T. Bennett   Transient-Free Working-Set Statistics    93--99
 | |
|                  Jack Bresenham   A Linear Algorithm for Incremental
 | |
|                                   Digital Display of Circular Arcs . . . . 100--106
 | |
|         Thoddi C. T. Kotiah and   
 | |
|              David I. Steinberg   Occurrences of Cycling and Other
 | |
|                                   Phenomena Arising in a Class of Linear
 | |
|                                   Programming Models . . . . . . . . . . . 107--112
 | |
|                   Gary D. Knott   A Numbering System for Binary Trees  . . 113--115
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="20(3):March:1977">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 20,  Number 3, March, 1977
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                  Philip Clapson   Improving the Access Time for Random
 | |
|                                   Access Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127--135
 | |
|                    C. T. Yu and   
 | |
|                       G. Salton   Effective Information Retrieval Using
 | |
|                                   Term Accuracy  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135--142
 | |
|                     Amund Lunde   Empirical Evaluation of Some Features of
 | |
|                                   Instruction Set Processor Architectures  143--153
 | |
|                 R. M. Brown and   
 | |
|                J. C. Browne and   
 | |
|                    K. M. Chandy   Memory Management and Response Time  . . 153--165
 | |
|                   Warren Burton   Representation of Many-Sided Polygons
 | |
|                                   and Polygonal Lines for Rapid Processing 166--171
 | |
|             H. B. Hunt, III and   
 | |
|             T. G. Szymanski and   
 | |
|                    J. D. Ullman   Operations on Sparse Relations . . . . . 171--176
 | |
|                Richard L. Nolan   Effects of Chargeout on User/Manager
 | |
|                                   Attitudes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177--185
 | |
|             Israel Borovits and   
 | |
|                  Philip Ein-Dor   Cost/utilization: A measure of system
 | |
|                                   performance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185--191
 | |
|                         C. Bays   A comparison of next-fit, first-fit, and
 | |
|                                   best-fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191--192
 | |
|                Eberhard Bertsch   The storage requirement in precedence
 | |
|                                   parsing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192--196 (or 192--194??)
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="20(4):April:1977">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 20,  Number 4, April, 1977
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|        James H. Morris, Jr. and   
 | |
|                    Ben Wegbreit   Subgoal Induction  . . . . . . . . . . . 209--222
 | |
|          Steven L. Tanimoto and   
 | |
|             Theodosios Pavlidis   Editing of Picture Segmentations Using
 | |
|                                   Local Analysis of Graphs . . . . . . . . 223--229
 | |
|             Nicholas V. Findler   Studies in Machine Cognition Using the
 | |
|                                   Game of Poker  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230--245
 | |
|                 K. Maruyama and   
 | |
|                     S. E. Smith   Analysis of Design Alternatives for
 | |
|                                   Virtual Memory Indexes . . . . . . . . . 245--254
 | |
|         Henry C. Lucas, Jr. and   
 | |
|                 Jimmy A. Sutton   Stage Hypothesis and the S-Curve: Some
 | |
|                                   Contradictory Evidence . . . . . . . . . 254--259
 | |
|                       S. B. Yao   Approximating block accesses in database
 | |
|                                   organizations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260--261
 | |
|                 C. R. Hollander   Remark on uniform insertion on
 | |
|                                   structured data structures . . . . . . . 261--262
 | |
|             S. K. Bandyopadhyay   Comment on weighted increment linear
 | |
|                                   search for scatter tables  . . . . . . . 262--263
 | |
|              C. D. Thompson and   
 | |
|                      H. T. Kung   Sorting on a Mesh-Connected Parallel
 | |
|                                   Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263--271
 | |
|           Lawrence Robinson and   
 | |
|                  Karl N. Levitt   Proof Techniques for Hierarchically
 | |
|                                   Structured Programs  . . . . . . . . . . 271--283
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="20(5):May:1977">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 20,  Number 5, May, 1977
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                  R. C. Holt and   
 | |
|               D. B. Wortman and   
 | |
|               D. T. Barnard and   
 | |
|                     J. R. Cordy   SP/k: A System for Teaching Computer
 | |
|                                   Programming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301--309
 | |
|               George S. Fishman   Achieving Specific Accuracy in
 | |
|                                   Simulation Output Analysis . . . . . . . 310--315
 | |
|            Howard L. Morgan and   
 | |
|                    K. Dan Levin   Optimal Program and Data Locations in
 | |
|                                   Computer Networks  . . . . . . . . . . . 315--322
 | |
|                  J.-L. Baer and   
 | |
|                       B. Schwab   A Comparison of Tree-Balancing
 | |
|                                   Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322--330
 | |
|            Neil J. Stillman and   
 | |
|                  P. Bruce Berra   A Comparison of Hardware and Software
 | |
|                                   Associative Memories in the Context of
 | |
|                                   Computer Graphics  . . . . . . . . . . . 331--339
 | |
|                  Marvin Shapiro   Choice of Reference Points in Best-Match
 | |
|                                   File Searching . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339--343
 | |
|               Michael Z. Hanani   An Optimal Evaluation of Boolean
 | |
|                                   Expressions in an Online Query System    344--347
 | |
|                       Y. Milman   An Approach to Optimal Design of Storage
 | |
|                                   Parameters in Databases  . . . . . . . . 347--350
 | |
|               James W. Hunt and   
 | |
|             Thomas G. Szymanski   A Fast Algorithm for Computing Longest
 | |
|                                   Common Subsequences  . . . . . . . . . . 350--353
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="20(6):June:1977">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 20,  Number 6, June, 1977
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|            Orrin E. Taulbee and   
 | |
|                     S. D. Conte   Production and Employment of Ph.D.'s in
 | |
|                                   Computer Science --- 1976  . . . . . . . 370--372
 | |
|             Ben Shneiderman and   
 | |
|               Richard Mayer and   
 | |
|                   Don McKay and   
 | |
|                    Peter Heller   Experimental Investigations of the
 | |
|                                   Utility of Detailed Flowcharts in
 | |
|                                   Programming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373--381
 | |
|               H. F. Ledgard and   
 | |
|                    R. W. Taylor   Two Views of Data Abstraction  . . . . . 382--384
 | |
|       Moshé M. Zloof and   
 | |
|                S. Peter de Jong   The System for Business Automation
 | |
|                                   (SBA): Programming Language  . . . . . . 385--396
 | |
|                  John V. Guttag   Abstract Data Types and the Development
 | |
|                                   of Data Structures . . . . . . . . . . . 396--404
 | |
|            John Miles Smith and   
 | |
|               Diane C. P. Smith   Database Abstractions: Aggregation . . . 405--413
 | |
|                 David Gries and   
 | |
|                   Narain Gehani   Some Ideas on Data Types in High-Level
 | |
|                                   Languages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414--420
 | |
|           James L. Peterson and   
 | |
|              Theodore A. Norman   Buddy Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421--431
 | |
|                    J. M. Robson   A Bounded Storage Algorithm for Copying
 | |
|                                   Cyclic Structures  . . . . . . . . . . . 431--433
 | |
|                      R. S. Bird   Notes on Recursion Elimination . . . . . 434--439
 | |
|            Henry S. Warren, Jr.   Functions Realizable with Word-Parallel
 | |
|                                   Logical and Two's-Complement Addition
 | |
|                                   Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439--441
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="20(7):July:1977">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 20,  Number 7, July, 1977
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                Sandra A. Mamrak   Dynamic Response Time Prediction for
 | |
|                                   Computer Networks  . . . . . . . . . . . 461--468
 | |
|          Manfred Ruschitzka and   
 | |
|                     R. S. Fabry   A Unifying Approach to Scheduling  . . . 469--477
 | |
|           William D. Tajibnapis   A Correctness Proof of a Topology
 | |
|                                   Information Maintenance Protocol for a
 | |
|                                   Distributed Computer Network . . . . . . 477--485
 | |
|              Paul G. Heckel and   
 | |
|               Butler W. Lampson   A terminal-oriented communication system 486--494
 | |
|     Ben Ross Schneider, Jr. and   
 | |
|                   Reid M. Watts   SITAR: an Interactive Text Processing
 | |
|                                   System for Small Computers . . . . . . . 495--499
 | |
|                J. L. W. Kessels   Alternative to Event Queues for
 | |
|                                   Synchronization in Monitors  . . . . . . 500--503
 | |
|          Dorothy E. Denning and   
 | |
|                Peter J. Denning   Certification of Programs for Secure
 | |
|                                   Information Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . 504--513
 | |
|                Jeffrey M. Barth   Shifting Garbage Collection Overhead to
 | |
|                                   Compile Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513--518
 | |
|              E. A. Ashcroft and   
 | |
|                     W. W. Wadge   Lucid, a Nonprocedural Language with
 | |
|                                   Iteration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519--526
 | |
|               J. Nevil Brownlee   An Algol-based implementation of SNOBOL
 | |
|                                   4 patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527--529
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="20(8):August:1977">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 20,  Number 8, August, 1977
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|          Charles M. Geschke and   
 | |
|        James H. Morris, Jr. and   
 | |
|          Edwin H. Satterthwaite   Early Experience with Mesa . . . . . . . 540--553
 | |
|                   Mary Shaw and   
 | |
|             William A. Wulf and   
 | |
|                 Ralph L. London   Abstraction and Verification in Alphard:
 | |
|                                   Defining and Specifying Iteration and
 | |
|                                   Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553--564
 | |
|              Barbara Liskov and   
 | |
|                 Alan Snyder and   
 | |
|            Russell Atkinson and   
 | |
|                 Craig Schaffert   Abstraction Mechanisms in CLU  . . . . . 564--576
 | |
|                   Niklaus Wirth   Toward a Discipline of Real-Time
 | |
|                                   Programming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577--583
 | |
|                    J. D. Gannon   An experimental evaluation of data type
 | |
|                                   conventions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584--595
 | |
|                W. R. Franta and   
 | |
|                       Kurt Maly   An Efficient Data Structure for the
 | |
|                                   Simulation Event Set . . . . . . . . . . 596--602
 | |
|                Eugene L. Lawler   Comment on computing the $k$ shortest
 | |
|                                   paths in a graph . . . . . . . . . . . . 603--604
 | |
|                      N. Francez   Another advantage of keyword notation
 | |
|                                   for parameter communication with
 | |
|                                   subprograms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604--605
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="20(9):September:1977">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 20,  Number 9, September, 1977
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                Michael O. Rabin   Complexity of Computations . . . . . . . 625--633
 | |
|                   Dana S. Scott   Logic and Programming Languages  . . . . 634--641
 | |
|              Richard H. Austing   The GRE Advanced Test in Computer
 | |
|                                   Science  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642--645
 | |
|             Robert W. Scheifler   An Analysis of Inline Substitution for a
 | |
|                                   Structured Programming Language  . . . . 647--654
 | |
|                David K. Gifford   Hardware Estimation of a Process'
 | |
|                                   Primary Memory Requirements  . . . . . . 655--663
 | |
|                Harry G. Mairson   Some New Upper Bounds on the Generation
 | |
|                                   of Prime Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . 664--669
 | |
|             Edward M. McCreight   Pagination of B*-Trees with
 | |
|                                   Variable-Length Records  . . . . . . . . 670--674
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="20(10):October:1977">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 20,  Number 10, October, 1977
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                    H. Fuchs and   
 | |
|                 Z. M. Kedem and   
 | |
|                   S. P. Uselton   Optimal Surface Reconstruction from
 | |
|                                   Planar Contours  . . . . . . . . . . . . 693--702
 | |
|           Sheng-Chuan C. Wu and   
 | |
|                John F. Abel and   
 | |
|             Donald P. Greenberg   An Interactive Computer Graphics
 | |
|                                   Approach to Surface Representation . . . 703--712
 | |
|                  Barry K. Rosen   High-Level Data Flow Analysis  . . . . . 712--724
 | |
|               C. Montangero and   
 | |
|                   G. Pacini and   
 | |
|                       F. Turini   Two-Level Control Structure for
 | |
|                                   Nondeterministic Programming . . . . . . 725--730
 | |
|                 Wilf R. LaLonde   Regular Right Part Grammars and Their
 | |
|                                   Parsers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731--741
 | |
|                    R. Devillers   Game Interpretation of the Deadlock
 | |
|                                   Avoidance Problem  . . . . . . . . . . . 741--745
 | |
|                    Evan L. Ivie   Programmer's Workbench --- a Machine for
 | |
|                                   Software Development . . . . . . . . . . 746--753
 | |
|                  Alan Jay Smith   Multiprocessor Memory Organization and
 | |
|                                   Memory Interference  . . . . . . . . . . 754--761
 | |
|             Robert S. Boyer and   
 | |
|               J. Strother Moore   A Fast String Searching Algorithm  . . . 762--772
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="20(11):November:1977">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 20,  Number 11, November, 1977
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                    J. A. N. Lee   Considerations for future programming
 | |
|                                   language standards activities  . . . . . 788--794
 | |
|              Rollins Turner and   
 | |
|                   Bill Strecker   Use of the LRU Stack Depth Distribution
 | |
|                                   for Simulation of Paging Behavior  . . . 795--798
 | |
|                Franklin C. Crow   The Aliasing Problem in
 | |
|                                   Computer-Generated Shaded Images . . . . 799--805
 | |
|                  Leslie Lamport   Concurrent Reading and Writing . . . . . 806--811
 | |
|                   John E. Shore   Anomalous Behavior of the Fifty-Percent
 | |
|                                   Rule in Dynamic Memory Allocation  . . . 812--820
 | |
|              G. C. Stockman and   
 | |
|                  A. K. Agrawala   Equivalence of Hough curve detection to
 | |
|                                   template matching  . . . . . . . . . . . 820--822
 | |
|                        N. Wirth   What can we do about the unnecessary
 | |
|                                   diversity of notation for syntactic
 | |
|                                   definitions? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822--823
 | |
|                       M. K. Roy   A note on reflection-free permutation
 | |
|                                   enumeration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823--823
 | |
|                 Zohar Manna and   
 | |
|                      Adi Shamir   The Optimal Approach to Recursive
 | |
|                                   Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 824--831
 | |
|              Michael Hammer and   
 | |
|               W. Gerry Howe and   
 | |
|          Vincent J. Kruskal and   
 | |
|                Irving Wladawsky   Very High Level Programming Language for
 | |
|                                   Data Processing Applications . . . . . . 832--840
 | |
|                 Renzo Sprugnoli   Perfect Hashing Functions: A Single
 | |
|                                   Probe Retrieving Method for Static Sets  841--850
 | |
|                  John Cocke and   
 | |
|                     Ken Kennedy   An Algorithm for Reduction of Operator
 | |
|                                   Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850--856
 | |
|                      R. S. Bird   Improving Programs by the Introduction
 | |
|                                   of Recursion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 856--863
 | |
|               Norman R. Nielsen   Dynamic Memory Allocation in Computer
 | |
|                                   Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 864--873
 | |
|          Michael W. Blasgen and   
 | |
|            Richard G. Casey and   
 | |
|               Kapali P. Eswaran   An Encoding Method for Multifield
 | |
|                                   Sorting and Indexing . . . . . . . . . . 874--878
 | |
|               Enrique Grapa and   
 | |
|               Geneva G. Belford   Some Theorems to Aid in Solving the File
 | |
|                                   Allocation Problem . . . . . . . . . . . 878--882
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="20(12):December:1977">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 20,  Number 12, December, 1977
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                 A. A. Lopez and   
 | |
|                  R. Raymond and   
 | |
|                      R. Tardiff   A survey of computer science offerings
 | |
|                                   in small liberal arts colleges . . . . . 902--906
 | |
|                J. L. W. Kessels   A Conceptual Framework for a
 | |
|                                   Nonprocedural Programming Language . . . 906--913
 | |
|              J. Lawrence Carter   A Case Study of a New Code Generation
 | |
|                                   Technique for Compilers  . . . . . . . . 914--920
 | |
|                     David Gries   An Exercise in Proving Parallel Programs
 | |
|                                   Correct  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 921--930
 | |
|                     Irene Grief   A language for formal problem
 | |
|                                   specification  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931--935
 | |
|          Marshall D. Abrams and   
 | |
|                  Siegfried Treu   A Methodology for Interactive Computer
 | |
|                                   Service Measurement  . . . . . . . . . . 936--944
 | |
|              J. N. Danziger and   
 | |
|                    W. H. Dutton   Computers as an innovation in American
 | |
|                                   local governments  . . . . . . . . . . . 945--956
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="24(1):January:1977">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 24,  Number 1, January, 1977
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                   P. D. Summers   A Methodology for LISP Program
 | |
|                                   Construction from Examples . . . . . . . 161--175
 | |
|                 S. H. Lavington   The Manchester Mark I and Atlas: a
 | |
|                                   historical perspective . . . . . . . . . 4--12
 | |
|                R. N. Ibbett and   
 | |
|                     P. C. Capon   The development of the MU5 computer
 | |
|                                   system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13--24
 | |
|             B. R. Borgerson and   
 | |
|                M. L. Hanson and   
 | |
|                   P. A. Hartley   Evolution of the Sperry Univac 1100
 | |
|                                   Series: a History, Analysis, and
 | |
|                                   Projection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25--43
 | |
|                  C. G. Bell and   
 | |
|                    A. Kotok and   
 | |
|              T. N. Hastings and   
 | |
|                         R. Hill   The Evolution of the DECsystem 10  . . . 44--63
 | |
|              Richard M. Russell   The CRAY-1 Computer System . . . . . . . 63--72
 | |
|             Richard P. Case and   
 | |
|                   Andris Padegs   Architecture of the IBM System/370 . . . 73--96
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="21(2):February:1978">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 21,  Number 2, February, 1978
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                S. A. Mamrak and   
 | |
|           R. G. Montanelli, Jr.   Computer science faculties: the current
 | |
|                                   status of minorities and women . . . . . 115--119
 | |
|                R. L. Rivest and   
 | |
|                   A. Shamir and   
 | |
|                      L. Adelman   A Method for Obtaining Digital
 | |
|                                   Signatures and Public-Key Cryptosystems  120--126
 | |
|             M. A. Auslander and   
 | |
|                    H. R. Strong   Systematic Recursion Removal . . . . . . 127--134
 | |
|                   L. T. Kou and   
 | |
|            L. J. Stockmeyer and   
 | |
|                      C. K. Wong   Covering Edges by Cliques with Regard to
 | |
|                                   Keyword Conflicts and Intersection
 | |
|                                   Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135--139
 | |
|                 Gerald Held and   
 | |
|             Michael Stonebraker   B-Trees Re-Examined  . . . . . . . . . . 139--143
 | |
|              William J. Stewart   A Comparison of Numerical Techniques in
 | |
|                                   Markov Modeling  . . . . . . . . . . . . 144--152
 | |
|             Gabor T. Herman and   
 | |
|                 Arnold Lent and   
 | |
|                   Peter H. Lutz   Relaxation Methods for Image
 | |
|                                   Reconstruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152--158
 | |
|                 Zohar Manna and   
 | |
|               Richard Waldinger   Is `Sometime' Sometimes Better Than
 | |
|                                   `Always'? (Intermittent Assertions in
 | |
|                                   Proving Program Correctness) . . . . . . 159--172
 | |
|          Bruce J. Schachter and   
 | |
|                Azriel Rosenfeld   Some New Methods of Detecting Step Edges
 | |
|                                   in Digital Pictures  . . . . . . . . . . 172--176
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="21(3):March:1978">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 21,  Number 3, March, 1978
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                Michael O. Rabin   Corrigendum: ``Complexity of
 | |
|                                   computations''
 | |
|             Henry C. Lucas, Jr.   Use of an Interactive Information
 | |
|                                   Storage and Retrieval System in Medical
 | |
|                                   Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197--205
 | |
|           William H. Dutton and   
 | |
|              Kenneth L. Kraemer   Management Utilization of Computers in
 | |
|                                   American Local Governments . . . . . . . 206--218
 | |
|                  R. E. Anderson   Value orientation of computer science
 | |
|                                   students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219--225
 | |
|                 S. Rao Kosaraju   Insertions and Deletions in One-Sided
 | |
|                                   Height-Balanced Trees  . . . . . . . . . 226--227
 | |
|          Richard A. DeMillo and   
 | |
|        Stanley C. Eisenstat and   
 | |
|               Richard J. Lipton   Preserving Average Proximity in Arrays   228--231
 | |
|              M. A. Franklin and   
 | |
|             G. Scott Graham and   
 | |
|                     R. K. Gupta   Anomalies with Variable Partition Paging
 | |
|                                   Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232--236
 | |
|             Andrew S. Tanenbaum   Implications of Structured Programming
 | |
|                                   for Machine Architecture . . . . . . . . 237--246
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="21(4):April:1978">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 21,  Number 4, April, 1978
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                 W. H. Payne and   
 | |
|                  K. L. McMillen   Orderly Enumeration of Nonsingular
 | |
|                                   Binary Matrices Applied to Text
 | |
|                                   Encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259--263
 | |
|                     Paul Heckel   A Technique for Isolating Differences
 | |
|                                   Between Files  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264--268
 | |
|                         Art Lew   Optimal Conversion of Extended-Entry
 | |
|                                   Decision Tables with General Cost
 | |
|                                   Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269--279
 | |
|             Henry G. Baker, Jr.   List Processing in Real Time on a Serial
 | |
|                                   Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280--294
 | |
|                 Ralph C. Merkle   Secure Communications Over Insecure
 | |
|                                   Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294--299
 | |
|             Thomas G. Szymanski   Assembling Code for machines with
 | |
|                                   Span-Dependent Instructions  . . . . . . 300--308
 | |
|                  Jean Vuillemin   A Data Structure for Manipulating
 | |
|                                   Priority Queues  . . . . . . . . . . . . 309--315
 | |
|                     S. Even and   
 | |
|                        M. Rodeh   Economical Encoding of Commas Between
 | |
|                                   Strings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315--317
 | |
|                  R. C. H. Cheng   Generating beta variates with
 | |
|                                   nonintegral shape parameters . . . . . . 317--322
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="21(5):May:1978">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 21,  Number 5, May, 1978
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                Douglas W. Clark   A Fast Algorithm for Copying List
 | |
|                                   Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351--357
 | |
|              Anita K. Jones and   
 | |
|               Barbara H. Liskov   A Language Extension for Expressing
 | |
|                                   Constraints on Data Access . . . . . . . 358--367
 | |
|                  Matthew Geller   Test Data as an Aid in Proving Program
 | |
|                                   Correctness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368--375
 | |
|                    James R. Low   Automatic Data Structure Selection: an
 | |
|                                   Example and Overview . . . . . . . . . . 376--385
 | |
|                Michael Karr and   
 | |
|            David B. Loveman III   Incorporation of Units into Programming
 | |
|                                   Languages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385--391
 | |
|             David R. Hanson and   
 | |
|               Ralph E. Griswold   The SL5 procedure mechanism  . . . . . . 392--400
 | |
|        Frederick Hayes-Roth and   
 | |
|                  John McDermott   An Interference Matching Technique for
 | |
|                                   Inducing Abstractions  . . . . . . . . . 401--411
 | |
|              J. M. Fleisher and   
 | |
|                     R. R. Meyer   New Sufficient Optimality Conditions for
 | |
|                                   Integer Programming and Their
 | |
|                                   Application  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411--418
 | |
|            Pandu R. Tadikamalla   Computer Generation of Gamma Random
 | |
|                                   Variables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419--422
 | |
|                Richard L. Sites   Optimal Shift Strategy for a
 | |
|                                   Block-Transfer CCD Memory  . . . . . . . 423--425
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="21(6):June:1978">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 21,  Number 6, June, 1978
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                S. H. Zweben and   
 | |
|                  M. A. McDonald   An Optimal Method for Deletion in
 | |
|                                   One-Sided Height-Balanced Trees  . . . . 441--445
 | |
|           James R. Driscoll and   
 | |
|                  Y. Edmund Lien   A Selective Traversal Algorithm for
 | |
|                                   Binary Search Trees  . . . . . . . . . . 445--447
 | |
|               Jacques Cohen and   
 | |
|                  Martin S. Roth   Analyses of Deterministic Parsing
 | |
|                                   Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448--458
 | |
|          M. Dennis Mickunas and   
 | |
|                   John A. Modry   Automatic Error Recovery for LR Parsers  459--465
 | |
|                B. P. Lientz and   
 | |
|               E. B. Swanson and   
 | |
|                  G. E. Tompkins   Characteristics of Application Software
 | |
|                                   Maintenance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466--471
 | |
|                   Earl Chrysler   Some Basic Determinants of Computer
 | |
|                                   Programming Productivity . . . . . . . . 472--483
 | |
|                       Rob Kling   Automated Welfare Client-Tracking and
 | |
|                                   Service Integration: the Political
 | |
|                                   Economy of Computing . . . . . . . . . . 484--493
 | |
|                  E. Gelenbe and   
 | |
|                   D. Derochette   Performance of Rollback Recovery Systems
 | |
|                                   Under Intermittent Failures  . . . . . . 493--499
 | |
|                  Toby J. Teorey   General Equations for Idealized CPU-I/O
 | |
|                                   Overlap Configurations . . . . . . . . . 500--507
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="21(7):July:1978">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 21,  Number 7, July, 1978
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                  David L. Waltz   An English Language Query Answering
 | |
|                                   System for a Large Relational Data Base  526--539
 | |
|          Michael L. Fredman and   
 | |
|                     Bruce Weide   On the complexity of computing the
 | |
|                                   measure of $\bigcup[a_i,b_i]$  . . . . . 540--544
 | |
|                 Francis Y. Chin   An ${O}(n)$ Algorithm for Determining a
 | |
|                                   Near-Optimal Computation Order of Matrix
 | |
|                                   Chain Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544--549
 | |
|               Yehoshua Perl and   
 | |
|                   Alon Itai and   
 | |
|                       Haim Avni   Interpolation Search --- A Log Log N
 | |
|                                   Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550--553
 | |
|        Constantine Halatsis and   
 | |
|              George Philokyprou   Pseudochaining in Hash Tables  . . . . . 554--557
 | |
|                  Leslie Lamport   Time, Clocks, and the Ordering of Events
 | |
|                                   in a Distributed System  . . . . . . . . 558--565
 | |
|         Henry Givens Baker, Jr.   Shallow Binding in Lisp 1.5  . . . . . . 565--569
 | |
|                     Hanan Samet   Proving the Correctness of Heuristically
 | |
|                                   Optimized Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570--582
 | |
|               Robert E. Shostak   An Algorithm for Reasoning About
 | |
|                                   Equality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583--585
 | |
|             Rahul Chattergy and   
 | |
|                    Udo W. Pooch   Analysis of the Availability of Computer
 | |
|                                   Systems Using Computer-Aided Algebra . . 586--591
 | |
|                 Lawrence Snyder   B-Trees Re-examined  . . . . . . . . . . 594--594
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="21(8):August:1978">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 21,  Number 8, August, 1978
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                     John Backus   Can Programming Be Liberated From the
 | |
|                                   von Neumann Style? A Functional Style
 | |
|                                   and its Algebra of Programs  . . . . . . 613--641
 | |
|                        R. Kling   Value conflicts and social choice in
 | |
|                                   electronic funds transfer system
 | |
|                                   developments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642--657
 | |
|                D. S. Hirschberg   Fast Parallel Sorting Algorithms . . . . 657--661
 | |
|              F. Lockwood Morris   A Time- and Space-Efficient Garbage
 | |
|                                   Compaction Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . 662--665
 | |
|                  C. A. R. Hoare   Communicating Sequential Processes . . . 666--677
 | |
|            Richard S. Brice and   
 | |
|                    J. C. Browne   Feedback Coupled Resource Allocation
 | |
|                                   Policies in the
 | |
|                                   Multiprogramming-Multiprocessor Computer
 | |
|                                   System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678--686
 | |
|           Peter Scheuermann and   
 | |
|               C. Robert Carlson   Self-Assessment Procedure V: a
 | |
|                                   self-assessment procedure dealing with
 | |
|                                   database systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 687--693
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="21(9):September:1978">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 21,  Number 9, September, 1978
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                R. A. Harris and   
 | |
|                      J. D. Zund   An algorithm using symbolic techniques
 | |
|                                   for the Bel-Petrov classification of
 | |
|                                   gravitational fields . . . . . . . . . . 715--717
 | |
|                 H. D. Schwetman   Hybrid Simulation Models of Computer
 | |
|                                   Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718--723
 | |
|                Jeffrey M. Barth   A Practical Interprocedural Data Flow
 | |
|                                   Analysis Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . 724--736
 | |
|             Gerald J. Popek and   
 | |
|                 David A. Farber   Model for Verification of Data Security
 | |
|                                   in Operating Systems . . . . . . . . . . 737--749
 | |
|            Peter J. Denning and   
 | |
|                 Donald R. Slutz   Generalized Working Sets for Segment
 | |
|                                   Reference Strings  . . . . . . . . . . . 750--759
 | |
|               Glenford J. Myers   Controlled Experiment in Program Testing
 | |
|                                   and Code Walkthroughs/Inspections  . . . 760--768
 | |
|                 Th. Ottmann and   
 | |
|                   H. W. Six and   
 | |
|                         D. Wood   Right Brother Trees  . . . . . . . . . . 769--776
 | |
|                 Ernst G. Ulrich   Event Manipulation for Discrete
 | |
|                                   Simulations Requiring Large Numbers of
 | |
|                                   Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777--785
 | |
|                         K. Maly   A note on virtual memory indexes . . . . 786--787
 | |
|                 Stephen A. Ward   Real Time Plotting of Approximate
 | |
|                                   Contour Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 788--790
 | |
|                    A. Tenenbaum   Simulations of dynamic sequential search
 | |
|                                   algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790--791
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="21(10):October:1978">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 21,  Number 10, October, 1978
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                   Walt Brainerd   Fortran 77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806--820
 | |
|                  D. Towsley and   
 | |
|                K. M. Chandy and   
 | |
|                    J. C. Browne   Models for Parallel Processing Within
 | |
|                                   Programs: Application to CPU:I/O and
 | |
|                                   I/O:I/O Overlap  . . . . . . . . . . . . 821--831
 | |
|                 Ben Shneiderman   Jump Searching: A Fast Sequential Search
 | |
|                                   Technique  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 831--834
 | |
|               Shi-Kuo Chang and   
 | |
|                    Yin-Wah Wong   Optimal Histogram Matching by Monotone
 | |
|                                   Gray Level Transformation  . . . . . . . 835--840
 | |
|                   Robert Morris   Counting Large Numbers of Events in
 | |
|                                   Small Registers  . . . . . . . . . . . . 840--842
 | |
|               Colin L. McMaster   An Analysis of Algorithms for the Dutch
 | |
|                                   National Flag Problem  . . . . . . . . . 842--846
 | |
|                Robert Sedgewick   Implementing Quicksort Programs  . . . . 847--857
 | |
|                     Gordon Lyon   Packed Scatter Tables  . . . . . . . . . 857--865
 | |
|           Malcolm C. Easton and   
 | |
|                    Ronald Fagin   Cold-Start Vs. Warm-Start Miss Ratios    866--872
 | |
|                W. R. Franta and   
 | |
|                       Kurt Maly   A comparison of heaps and the TL
 | |
|                                   structure for the simulation event set   873--875
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="21(11):November:1978">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 21,  Number 11, November, 1978
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                 Norman R. Lyons   Systems Design Education: a Gaming
 | |
|                                   Approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 889--895
 | |
|                   J. W. Wendorf   A Simply Extended and Modified Batch
 | |
|                                   Environment Graphical System (Sembegs)   897--904
 | |
|                    B. Kumar and   
 | |
|                  E. S. Davidson   Performance Evaluation of Highly
 | |
|                                   Concurrent Computers by Deterministic
 | |
|                                   Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904--913
 | |
|         Berthold K. P. Horn and   
 | |
|                Brett L. Bachman   Using Synthetic Images to Register Real
 | |
|                                   Images with Surface Models . . . . . . . 914--924
 | |
|               P. R. Tadikamalla   Computer Generation of Gamma Random
 | |
|                                   Variables --- II . . . . . . . . . . . . 925--928
 | |
|                 G. David Ripley   Simple Recovery-Only Procedure for
 | |
|                                   Simple Precedence Parsers  . . . . . . . 928--930
 | |
|              D. P. Friedman and   
 | |
|                      D. S. Wise   A Note on Conditional Expressions  . . . 931--933
 | |
|               Per Brinch Hansen   Distributed Processes: A Concurrent
 | |
|                                   Programming Concept  . . . . . . . . . . 934--941
 | |
|             Fabrizio Luccio and   
 | |
|                     Linda Pagli   Power Trees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941--947
 | |
|                     B. A. Sheil   Median Split Trees: A Fast Lookup
 | |
|                                   Technique for Frequently Occurring Keys  947--958
 | |
|                  C. A. R. Hoare   Corrigendum: ``Communicating Sequential
 | |
|                                   Processes''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 958--958
 | |
|               Eugene C. Freuder   Synthesizing Constraint Expressions  . . 958--966
 | |
|          Edsger W. Dijkstra and   
 | |
|              Leslie Lamport and   
 | |
|                A. J. Martin and   
 | |
|              C. S. Scholten and   
 | |
|               E. F. M. Steffens   On-the-Fly Garbage Collection: An
 | |
|                                   Exercise in Cooperation  . . . . . . . . 966--975
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="21(12):December:1978">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 21,  Number 12, December, 1978
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                     David Gries   Corrigendum: ``An exercise in proving
 | |
|                                   parallel programs correct''
 | |
|            Roger M. Needham and   
 | |
|            Michael D. Schroeder   Using Encryption for Authentication in
 | |
|                                   Large Networks of Computers  . . . . . . 993--999
 | |
|                 David Gries and   
 | |
|                   Jayadev Misra   A Linear Sieve Algorithm for Finding
 | |
|                                   Prime Numbers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 999--1003
 | |
|           James L. Peterson and   
 | |
|             James R. Bitner and   
 | |
|                  John H. Howard   The Selection of Optimal Tab Settings    1004--1007
 | |
|           James C. Wetherbe and   
 | |
|                  V. Thomas Dock   Strategic Planning Methodology for the
 | |
|                                   Computing Effort in Higher Education: an
 | |
|                                   Empirical Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . 1008--1015
 | |
|                 M. Ibramsha and   
 | |
|                    V. Rajaraman   Detection of Logical Errors in Decision
 | |
|                                   Table Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016--1025
 | |
|            Alberto Martelli and   
 | |
|                   Ugo Montanari   Optimizing Decision Trees Through
 | |
|                                   Heuristically Guided Search  . . . . . . 1025--1039
 | |
|              Yogen K. Dalal and   
 | |
|              Robert M. Metcalfe   Reverse Path Forwarding of Broadcast
 | |
|                                   Packets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040--1048
 | |
|              John V. Guttag and   
 | |
|              Ellis Horowitz and   
 | |
|                 David R. Musser   Abstract Data Types and Software
 | |
|                                   Validation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048--1064
 | |
|              Jay M. Spitzen and   
 | |
|              Karl N. Levitt and   
 | |
|               Lawrence Robinson   An Example of Hierarchical Design and
 | |
|                                   Proof  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064--1075
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="23(4):May:1978">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 23,  Number 4, May, 1978
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                   J. L. Bentley   Multidimensional Divide-and-Conquer  . . 214--228
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="22(1):January:1979">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 22,  Number 1, January, 1979
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                   John W. Boyse   Interference Detection Among Solids and
 | |
|                                   Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--9
 | |
|                  Kent W. Colton   The impact and use of computer
 | |
|                                   technology by the police . . . . . . . . 10--20
 | |
|      Gian Carlo Bongiovanni and   
 | |
|                 Fabrizio Luccio   Permutation of Data Blocks in a Bubble
 | |
|                                   Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21--25
 | |
|            Charles H. Sauer and   
 | |
|                  K. Mani Chandy   The Impact of Distributions and
 | |
|                                   Disciplines on Multiple Processor
 | |
|                                   Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25--34
 | |
|         J. P. Banâtre and   
 | |
|               J. P. Routeau and   
 | |
|                     L. Trilling   An event-driven compiling technique  . . 34--42
 | |
|                Jacques J. Arsac   Syntactic Source to Source Transforms
 | |
|                                   and Program Manipulation . . . . . . . . 43--54
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="22(2):February:1979">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 22,  Number 2, February, 1979
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|               O. E. Taulbee and   
 | |
|                     S. D. Conte   Production and employment of Ph.D.s in
 | |
|                                   computer science --- 1977 and 1978 . . . 75--76
 | |
|                   R. E. Fairley   Employment characteristics of doctoral
 | |
|                                   level computer scientists  . . . . . . . 77--78
 | |
|                  W. E. Gull and   
 | |
|                   M. A. Jenkins   Recursive data structures in APL.  . . . 79--96
 | |
|             É. Morel and   
 | |
|                     C. Renvoise   Global Optimization by Suppression of
 | |
|                                   Partial Redundancies . . . . . . . . . . 96--103
 | |
|              M. R. Anderson and   
 | |
|                  M. G. Anderson   Comments on Perfect Hashing Functions: A
 | |
|                                   Single Probe Retrieving Method for
 | |
|                                   Static Sets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104--105
 | |
|           David R. Cheriton and   
 | |
|          Michael A. Malcolm and   
 | |
|           Lawrence S. Melen and   
 | |
|                   Gary R. Sager   Thoth, a Portable Real-Time Operating
 | |
|                                   System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105--115
 | |
|               David P. Reed and   
 | |
|             Rajendra K. Kanodia   Synchronization with Eventcounts and
 | |
|                                   Sequencers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115--123
 | |
|              Haim Mendelson and   
 | |
|           Joseph S. Pliskin and   
 | |
|                    Uri Yechiali   Optimal Storage Allocation for Serial
 | |
|                                   Files  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124--130
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="22(3):March:1979">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 22,  Number 3, March, 1979
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|          Richard H. Austing and   
 | |
|             Bruce H. Barnes and   
 | |
|           Della T. Bonnette and   
 | |
|             Gerald L. Engel and   
 | |
|                   Gordon Stokes   Curriculum '78: Recommendations for the
 | |
|                                   Undergraduate Program in Computer
 | |
|                                   Science --- A Report of the ACM
 | |
|                                   Curriculum Committee on Computer Science 147--166
 | |
|             Albert D. Edgar and   
 | |
|                   Samuel C. Lee   FOCUS microcomputer number system  . . . 166--177
 | |
|                    James Slagle   Experiments with Some Algorithms that
 | |
|                                   Find Central Solutions for Pattern
 | |
|                                   Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178--183
 | |
|         Amaryllis Deliyanni and   
 | |
|              Robert A. Kowalski   Logic and Semantic Networks  . . . . . . 184--192
 | |
|                   Dalia Motzkin   Use of Normal Multiplication Tables for
 | |
|                                   Information Storage and Retrieval  . . . 193--207
 | |
|                  C. L. McMaster   Corrigendum: ``An Analysis of Algorithms
 | |
|                                   for the Dutch National Flag Problem''    207--207
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="22(4):April:1979">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 22,  Number 4, April, 1979
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                  Arthur M. Lesk   Detection of Three-Dimensional Patterns
 | |
|                                   of Atoms in Chemical Structures  . . . . 219--224
 | |
|                  E. G. Cale and   
 | |
|            L. L. Gremillion and   
 | |
|                  J. L. McKenney   Price/Performance Patterns of U.S.
 | |
|                                   Computer Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 225--233
 | |
|               Giacomo Bucci and   
 | |
|              Donald N. Streeter   Methodology for the Design of
 | |
|                                   Distributed Information Systems  . . . . 233--245
 | |
|           Richard J. Hanson and   
 | |
|              John A. Wisniewski   A Mathematical Programming Updating
 | |
|                                   Method Using Modified Givens
 | |
|                                   Transformations and Applied to LP
 | |
|                                   Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245--251
 | |
|            Daniel Brélaz   New Methods to Color the Vertices of a
 | |
|                                   Graph  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251--256
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="22(5):May:1979">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 22,  Number 5, May, 1979
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|         Richard A. De Millo and   
 | |
|           Richard J. Lipton and   
 | |
|                  Alan J. Perlis   Social Processes and Proofs of Theorems
 | |
|                                   and Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271--280
 | |
|                Ernest Chang and   
 | |
|                Rosemary Roberts   An Improved Algorithm for Decentralized
 | |
|                                   Extrema-Finding in Circular
 | |
|                                   Configurations of Processors . . . . . . 281--283
 | |
|                  T. D. Sterling   Consumer Difficulties with Computerized
 | |
|                                   Transactions: an Empirical Investigation 283--289
 | |
|                John C. Reynolds   Reasoning About Arrays . . . . . . . . . 290--299
 | |
|              Michael J. Manthey   Model for and Discussion of
 | |
|                                   Multi-Interpreter Systems  . . . . . . . 299--309
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="22(6):June:1979">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 22,  Number 6, June, 1979
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                     R. S. Lemos   An implementation of structured
 | |
|                                   walk-throughs in teaching COBAL
 | |
|                                   programming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335--340
 | |
|             S. N. Busenberg and   
 | |
|                       W. C. Tam   An academic program providing realistic
 | |
|                                   training in software engineering . . . . 341--345
 | |
|                    Steven Alter   Model for Automating File and Program
 | |
|                                   Design in Business Application Systems   345--353
 | |
|               Jerome A. Feldman   High Level Programming for Distributed
 | |
|                                   Computing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353--368
 | |
|                Robert Sedgewick   Corrigendum: ``Implementing Quicksort
 | |
|                                   Programs'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368--368
 | |
|                  R. Shapira and   
 | |
|                      H. Freeman   The Cyclic Order Property of Vertices as
 | |
|                                   an Aid in Scene Analysis . . . . . . . . 368--375
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="22(7):July:1979">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 22,  Number 7, July, 1979
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                     T. Winograd   Beyond Programming Languages . . . . . . 391--401
 | |
|                 F. P. Preparata   An Optimal Real-Time Algorithm for
 | |
|                                   Planar Convex Hulls  . . . . . . . . . . 402--405
 | |
|          Patrick C. Fischer and   
 | |
|               Robert L. Probert   Storage Reorganization Techniques for
 | |
|                                   Matrix Computation in a Paging
 | |
|                                   Environment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405--415
 | |
|                  J. H. Hine and   
 | |
|                  I. Mitrani and   
 | |
|                         S. Tsur   The Control of Response Times in
 | |
|                                   Multi-Class Systems by Memory Allocation 415--424
 | |
|              Robert A. Kowalski   Algorithm = Logic + Control  . . . . . . 424--436
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="22(8):August:1979">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 22,  Number 8, August, 1979
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                  J. W. Wong and   
 | |
|                 G. Scott Graham   Self-Assessment Procedure VI: a
 | |
|                                   self-assessment procedure dealing with
 | |
|                                   queueing network models of computer
 | |
|                                   systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449--454
 | |
|                     R. W. Floyd   The paradigms of programming . . . . . . 455--460
 | |
|            D. S. Hirschberg and   
 | |
|               A. K. Chandra and   
 | |
|                   D. V. Sarwate   Computing Connected Components on
 | |
|                                   Parallel Computers . . . . . . . . . . . 461--464
 | |
|           Nachum Dershowitz and   
 | |
|                     Zohar Manna   Proving Termination with Multiset
 | |
|                                   Orderings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465--476
 | |
|              Dorothy E. Denning   Secure Personal Computing in an Insecure
 | |
|                                   Network  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476--482
 | |
|                    L. S. Nelson   Further remark on stably updating mean
 | |
|                                   and standard deviation estimates . . . . 483--483
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="22(9):September:1979">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 22,  Number 9, September, 1979
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|           Jerome A. Feldman and   
 | |
|           William R. Sutherland   Rejuvenating Experimental Computer
 | |
|                                   Science --- A Report to the National
 | |
|                                   Science Foundation and Others  . . . . . 497--502
 | |
|    Daniel D. McCracken, CCP and   
 | |
|            Peter J. Denning and   
 | |
|                David H. Brandin   Addendum: An ACM Executive Committee
 | |
|                                   Position on the Crisis in Experimental
 | |
|                                   Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . 503--504
 | |
|                       Zvi Galil   On Improving the Worse Case Running Time
 | |
|                                   of the Boyer-Moore String Matching
 | |
|                                   Algorithm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505--508
 | |
| Kari-Jouko R\"aih\"a and   
 | |
|                Stuart H. Zweben   An Optimal Insertion Algorithm for
 | |
|                                   One-Sided Height-Balanced Binary Search
 | |
|                                   Trees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508--512
 | |
|               Wilfred J. Hansen   Progressive acyclic digraphs --- a tool
 | |
|                                   for database integrity . . . . . . . . . 513--518
 | |
|                     G. Nagy and   
 | |
|                     S. G. Wagle   Approximation of Polygonal Maps by
 | |
|                                   Cellular Maps  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518--525
 | |
|                  T. F. Chan and   
 | |
|                     J. G. Lewis   Computing standard deviations: accuracy  526--531
 | |
|                   D. H. D. West   Updating mean and variance estimates: an
 | |
|                                   improved method  . . . . . . . . . . . . 532--535
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="22(10):October:1979">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 22,  Number 10, October, 1979
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                     P. D. Laird   Comment on: ``An optimal evaluation of
 | |
|                                   Boolean expressions in an online query
 | |
|                                   system'' [Comm. ACM, 20, 1977, no. 5,
 | |
|                                   344--347, MR 55 #9627] by M. Z. Hanani   549--550
 | |
|                  Ehud Gudes and   
 | |
|                 Anthony Hoffman   A note on: ``An optimal evaluation of
 | |
|                                   Boolean expressions in an online query
 | |
|                                   system'' [Comm. ACM, 20, 1977, no. 5,
 | |
|                                   344--347, MR 55 #9627] by M. Z. Hanani   550--553
 | |
|              M. R. Anderson and   
 | |
|                  M. G. Anderson   Corrigendum: ``Comments on Perfect
 | |
|                                   Hashing Functions: A Single Probe
 | |
|                                   Retrieving Method for Static Sets''  . .  553
 | |
|                  Leslie Lamport   On the Proof of Correctness of a
 | |
|                                   Calendar Program . . . . . . . . . . . . 554--556
 | |
|                      Paul Klint   Line Numbers Made Cheap  . . . . . . . . 557--559
 | |
| Tomás Lozano-Pérez and   
 | |
|               Michael A. Wesley   An Algorithm for Planning Collision-Free
 | |
|                                   Paths Among Polyhedral Obstacles . . . . 560--570
 | |
|                    F. L. Morris   On a Comparison of Garbage Collection
 | |
|                                   Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  571
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="22(11):November:1979">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 22,  Number 11, November, 1979
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                     R. E. Mayer   A psychology of learning BASIC . . . . . 589--593
 | |
|                   R. Morris and   
 | |
|                     K. Thompson   Password Security --- A Case History . . 594--597
 | |
|                Shmuel Peleg and   
 | |
|                Azriel Rosenfeld   Breaking Substitution Ciphers Using a
 | |
|                                   Relaxation Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . 598--605
 | |
|         Robert Endre Tarjan and   
 | |
|             Andrew Chi Chih Yao   Storing a Sparse Table . . . . . . . . . 606--611
 | |
|                      Adi Shamir   How to Share a Secret  . . . . . . . . . 612--613
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="22(12):December:1979">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 22,  Number 12, December, 1979
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                     A. H. Lipis   Costs of the current US payments system  644--647
 | |
|                      R. H. Long   Public protection and education with EFT 648--654
 | |
|                    D. B. Parker   Vulnerabilities of EFTs to intentionally
 | |
|                                   caused losses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654--660
 | |
|               K. L. Kraemer and   
 | |
|                       K. Colton   Policy, values, and EFT research:
 | |
|                                   anatomy of a research agenda . . . . . . 660--671
 | |
|                 J. F. Shoch and   
 | |
|                      J. A. Hupp   Measured Performance of an ETHERNET
 | |
|                                   Local Network  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711--721
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="26(9):September:1979">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 26,  Number 9, September, 1979
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                     Hanan Samet   A quadtree medial axis transform . . . . 680--693
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="33(6):June:1990">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 33,  Number 6, June, 1990
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                Peter K. Pearson   Fast Hashing of Variable-Length Text
 | |
|                                   Strings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677--680
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="33(8):August:1990">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 33,  Number 8, August, 1990
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                Daniel M. Sunday   A Very Fast Substring Search Algorithm   132--142
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="34(11):November:1991">
 | |
|         Communications of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 34,  Number 11, November, 1991
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                      I. Dittmer   Note on Fast Hashing of Variable Length
 | |
|                                   Text Strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  118
 | |
|                   Jacques Savoy   Note on Fast Hashing of Variable Length
 | |
|                                   Text Strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118--119
 | |
|                   James Litsios   Note on Fast Hashing of Variable Length
 | |
|                                   Text Strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118--120
 | |
|                   Peter Pearson   Note on Fast Hashing of Variable Length
 | |
|                                   Text Strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  120
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="6(4):December:1974">
 | |
|         Computing Surveys<BR>
 | |
| Volume 6,  Number 4, December, 1974
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                 Donald E. Knuth   Structured Programming with <B>go to</B>
 | |
|                                   Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261--301
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="23(1):January:1976">
 | |
|         Journal of the ACM<BR>
 | |
| Volume 23,  Number 1, January, 1976
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|             Susan L. Graham and   
 | |
|                     Mark Wegman   A Fast and Usually Linear Algorithm for
 | |
|                                   Global Flow Analysis . . . . . . . . . . 172--202
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="19()::1972">
 | |
|         Management Science<BR>
 | |
| Volume 19,  Number , , 1972
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                     R. J. Brown   Chromatic scheduling and the chromatic
 | |
|                                   number problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451--463
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="6(2):June:1977">
 | |
|         SIAM Journal of Computing<BR>
 | |
| Volume 6,  Number 2, June, 1977
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|             Donald E. Knuth and   
 | |
|                J. H. Morris and   
 | |
|                     V. R. Pratt   Fast pattern matching in strings . . . . 323--350
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="12(1):January:1982">
 | |
|         Software --- Practice and Experience<BR>
 | |
| Volume 12,  Number 1, January, 1982
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                 A. L. Tharp and   
 | |
|                       K.-C. Tai   The practicality of text signatures for
 | |
|                                   accelerating string searching  . . . . . 35--44
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="1(3):September:1975">
 | |
|         ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software<BR>
 | |
| Volume 1,  Number 3, September, 1975
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                   Ove Skovgaard   Remark on ``Algorithm 236: Bessel
 | |
|                                   Functions of the First Kind [S17]''  . . 282--284
 | |
|                   Jayadev Misra   Remark on ``Algorithm 246: Graycode
 | |
|                                   [Z]''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285--285
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="1(9):September:1975">
 | |
|         ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software<BR>
 | |
| Volume 1,  Number 9, September, 1975
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                Robert Feinstein   Remark on ``Algorithm 483: Masked
 | |
|                                   Three-Dimensional Plot Program with
 | |
|                                   Rotations [J6]'' . . . . . . . . . . . . 285--285
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="2(1):March:1976">
 | |
|         ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software<BR>
 | |
| Volume 2,  Number 1, March, 1976
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                   D. M. Boulton   Remark on ``Algorithm 434: Exact
 | |
|                                   Probabilities for $R\times{C}$
 | |
|                                   Contingency Tables [G2]''  . . . . . . . 108--108
 | |
|                  Lucian D. Duta   Remark on ``Algorithm 475: Visible
 | |
|                                   Surface Plotting Program [J6]''  . . . . 109--110
 | |
|                 G. M. White and   
 | |
|                 S. Goudreau and   
 | |
|                    J. L. Legros   Remark on ``Algorithm 479: A Minimal
 | |
|                                   Spanning Tree Clustering Method [Z]''    110--111
 | |
|                     J. Pomeranz   Remark on ``Algorithm 487: Exact
 | |
|                                   Cumulative Distribution of the
 | |
|                                   Kolmogorov-Smirnov Statistic for Small
 | |
|                                   Samples [S14]''  . . . . . . . . . . . . 111--111
 | |
|                   Robert Morris   Remark on ``Algorithm 490: The
 | |
|                                   Dilogarithm Function of a Real Argument
 | |
|                                   [S22]''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112--112
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="2(2):June:1976">
 | |
|         ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software<BR>
 | |
| Volume 2,  Number 2, June, 1976
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|             Malcolm C. Pike and   
 | |
|                   Jennie SooHoo   Remark on ``Algorithm 179: Incomplete
 | |
|                                   Beta Ratio [S14]'' . . . . . . . . . . . 207--208
 | |
|             Michael R. Anderson   Remark on ``Algorithm 433: Interpolation
 | |
|                                   and Smooth Curve Fitting Based on Local
 | |
|                                   Procedures [E2]''  . . . . . . . . . . . 208--208
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="2(3):September:1976">
 | |
|         ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software<BR>
 | |
| Volume 2,  Number 3, September, 1976
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                  Alan M. Davies   Remark on ``Algorithm 450: Rosenbrock
 | |
|                                   Function Minimization [E4]'' . . . . . . 300--301
 | |
|                  Theodore Brown   Remark on ``Algorithm 489: The Algorithm
 | |
|                                   SELECT --- for Finding the $i$th
 | |
|                                   Smallest of $n$ Elements [M1]''  . . . . 301--304
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="2(4):December:1976">
 | |
|         ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software<BR>
 | |
| Volume 2,  Number 4, December, 1976
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                       M. R. Ito   Remark on ``Algorithm 284: Interchange
 | |
|                                   of Two Blocks of Data [K2]'' . . . . . . 392--393
 | |
|                 Mohamed el Lozy   Remark on ``Algorithm 299: Chi-Squared
 | |
|                                   Integral [S15]'' . . . . . . . . . . . . 393--395
 | |
|              Henk Koppelaar and   
 | |
|                  Peter Molenaar   Remark on ``Algorithm 486: Numerical
 | |
|                                   Inversion of Laplace Transform [D5]''    395--396
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="3(1):March:1977">
 | |
|         ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software<BR>
 | |
| Volume 3,  Number 1, March, 1977
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                Esko G. Cate and   
 | |
|                  David W. Twigg   Algorithm 513: Analysis of In-Situ
 | |
|                                   Transposition [F1] . . . . . . . . . . . 104--110
 | |
|        Françoise Veillon   Remark on ``Algorithm 486: Numerical
 | |
|                                   Inversion of Laplace Transform'' . . . . 111--111
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="3(2):June:1977">
 | |
|         ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software<BR>
 | |
| Volume 3,  Number 2, June, 1977
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                 J. K. M. Jansen   Remark on ``Algorithm 259: Legendre
 | |
|                                   Functions for Arguments Larger than
 | |
|                                   One''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204--250
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="3(3):September:1977">
 | |
|         ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software<BR>
 | |
| Volume 3,  Number 3, September, 1977
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                    Paolo Sipala   Remark on ``Algorithm 408: A Sparse
 | |
|                                   Matrix Package (Part I) [F4]'' . . . . . 303--303
 | |
|                   Dennis Tenney   Remark on ``Algorithm 219: Topological
 | |
|                                   Ordering for PERT Networks'' . . . . . . 303--303
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="4(1):March:1978">
 | |
|         ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software<BR>
 | |
| Volume 4,  Number 1, March, 1978
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                   Ove Skovgaard   Remark on ``Algorithm 149: Complete
 | |
|                                   Elliptic Integral [S21]''  . . . . . . . 95--95
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="4(3):September:1978">
 | |
|         ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software<BR>
 | |
| Volume 4,  Number 3, September, 1978
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                 John P. Coleman   Remark on ``Algorithm 49: Spherical
 | |
|                                   Neumann Function'' . . . . . . . . . . . 295--295
 | |
|               Fred G. Gustavson   Remark on ``Algorithm 408: A Sparse
 | |
|                                   Matrix Package (Part I) [F4]'' . . . . . 295--295
 | |
|               Andrew Y. Schoene   Remark on ``Algorithm 435: Modified
 | |
|                                   Incomplete Gamma Function [S14]''  . . . 296--304
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="5(2):June:1979">
 | |
|         ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software<BR>
 | |
| Volume 5,  Number 2, June, 1979
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                 Mohamed el Lozy   Remark on ``Algorithm 395: Student's
 | |
|                                   $t$-Distribution'' and Remark on
 | |
|                                   ``Algorithm 396: Student's Quantiles
 | |
|                                   [S14]''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238--239
 | |
|                    K. O. Geddes   Remark on ``Algorithm 424:
 | |
|                                   Clenshaw-Curtis Quadrature [O1]''  . . . 240--240
 | |
|                  M. R. Anderson   Remark on ``Algorithm 474: Bivariate
 | |
|                                   Interpolation and Smooth Surface Fitting
 | |
|                                   Based on Local Procedures''  . . . . . . 241--241
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="5(4):December:1979">
 | |
|         ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software<BR>
 | |
| Volume 5,  Number 4, December, 1979
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|              Burton L. Leathers   Remark on ``Algorithm 513: Analysis of
 | |
|                                   In-Situ Transposition [F1]'' and Remark
 | |
|                                   on ``Algorithm 467: Matrix Transposition
 | |
|                                   in Place'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520--520
 | |
|        A. C. M. van Swieten and   
 | |
|             J. Th. M. de Hosson   Remark on ``Algorithm 475: Visible
 | |
|                                   Surface Plotting Program'' . . . . . . . 521--523
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="6(3):September:1980">
 | |
|         ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software<BR>
 | |
| Volume 6,  Number 3, September, 1980
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                    U. Harms and   
 | |
|              H. Kollakowski and   
 | |
|                  G. Möller   Remark on ``Algorithm 408: A Sparse
 | |
|                                   Matrix Package (Part 1) [F4]'' . . . . . 456--457
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="7(2):June:1981">
 | |
|         ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software<BR>
 | |
| Volume 7,  Number 2, June, 1981
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                      G. W. Hill   Remark on ``Algorithm 395: Student's
 | |
|                                   $t$-Distribution'' . . . . . . . . . . . 247--249
 | |
|                      G. W. Hill   Remark on ``Algorithm 396: Student's
 | |
|                                   $t$-Quantiles''  . . . . . . . . . . . . 250--251
 | |
|                  I. D. Hill and   
 | |
|                      M. C. Pike   Remark on ``Algorithm 299: Chi-Squared
 | |
|                                   Integral'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185--185
 | |
| <BR>
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <HR>
 | |
| 
 | |
|         <H1>
 | |
|             <A NAME="11(4):December:1985">
 | |
|         ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software<BR>
 | |
| Volume 11,  Number 4, December, 1985
 | |
|             </A>
 | |
|         </H1>
 | |
| <PRE>
 | |
|                        M. C. Er   Remark on ``Algorithm 246: Graycode
 | |
|                                   [Z]''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441--443
 | |
| </PRE>
 | |
|     </BODY>
 | |
| </HTML>
 |